[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI675889B - Pigment dispersion composition and method for producing the same, polymerizable composition,shielding film, and solid state image sensor - Google Patents

Pigment dispersion composition and method for producing the same, polymerizable composition,shielding film, and solid state image sensor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI675889B
TWI675889B TW105102594A TW105102594A TWI675889B TW I675889 B TWI675889 B TW I675889B TW 105102594 A TW105102594 A TW 105102594A TW 105102594 A TW105102594 A TW 105102594A TW I675889 B TWI675889 B TW I675889B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
dispersant
value
light
pigment dispersion
Prior art date
Application number
TW105102594A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201629159A (en
Inventor
久保田誠
Makoto Kubota
浜田大輔
Daisuke Hamada
吉林光司
Mitsuji Yoshibayashi
高桑英希
Hideki Takakuwa
留場恒光
Hisamitsu Tomeba
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Fujifilm Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司, Fujifilm Corporation filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW201629159A publication Critical patent/TW201629159A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI675889B publication Critical patent/TWI675889B/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/50Constructional details
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L33/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C08L33/14Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing halogen, nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen atoms in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D17/00Pigment pastes, e.g. for mixing in paints
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10FINORGANIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES SENSITIVE TO INFRARED RADIATION, LIGHT, ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION OF SHORTER WAVELENGTH OR CORPUSCULAR RADIATION
    • H10F99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Pigments, Carbon Blacks, Or Wood Stains (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)

Abstract

本發明提供一種適用於藉由塗佈法製造遮光性優異、顯示出低反射性、塗佈環境依存性小、進而難以產生缺陷的遮光膜的顏料分散組成物及其製造方法、包含所述顏料分散組成物的聚合性組成物、遮光膜及固體攝像裝置。本發明的顏料分散組成物的製造方法包括將包含黑色顏料及第1分散劑的第1顏料分散物與包含黑色顏料及第2分散劑的第2顏料分散物混合而製造顏料分散組成物的步驟,並且第1分散劑的SP值與第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.0MPa1/2The present invention provides a pigment dispersion composition suitable for producing a light-shielding film excellent in light-shielding properties, exhibiting low reflectivity, having low dependence on the coating environment, and further difficult to generate defects by a coating method, a method for producing the same, and a pigment containing the pigment. A polymerizable composition of a dispersed composition, a light-shielding film, and a solid-state imaging device. The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention includes a step of producing a pigment dispersion composition by mixing a first pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a first dispersant and a second pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a second dispersant. The absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.0 MPa 1/2 .

Description

顏料分散組成物及其製造方法、聚合性組成物、 遮光膜及固體攝像裝置 Pigment dispersion composition, method for producing the same, polymerizable composition, Light-shielding film and solid-state imaging device

本發明是有關於一種顏料分散組成物及其製造方法、聚合性組合物、遮光膜及固體攝像裝置。 The present invention relates to a pigment dispersion composition, a method for producing the same, a polymerizable composition, a light-shielding film, and a solid-state imaging device.

固體攝像裝置具備攝影鏡頭、配設於該攝影鏡頭的背後的電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)及互補金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等固體攝像元件、以及安裝有該固體攝像元件的電路基板。該固體攝像裝置搭載於數位相機、附相機的行動電話、及智慧型電話等。 A solid-state imaging device includes a solid-state imaging device such as a photographing lens, a charge coupled device (CCD) and a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) disposed behind the photographing lens, and the solid-state imaging device is mounted on the solid-state imaging device. Circuit board of the imaging element. This solid-state imaging device is mounted on a digital camera, a camera-equipped mobile phone, and a smart phone.

固體攝像裝置中,有時會因可見光的反射而產生雜訊(noise)。因此,專利文獻1中,藉由在固體攝像裝置內設置規定的遮光膜而謀求抑制雜訊的產生。作為用於形成固體攝像裝置用遮光膜的組成物,使用含有鈦黑等黑色顏料的遮光性組成物。 In a solid-state imaging device, noise may occur due to reflection of visible light. Therefore, in Patent Document 1, a predetermined light-shielding film is provided in the solid-state imaging device to suppress occurrence of noise. As a composition for forming a light-shielding film for a solid-state imaging device, a light-shielding composition containing a black pigment such as titanium black is used.

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2012-169556號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-169556

另一方面,近年來對遮光膜有各種要求。 On the other hand, in recent years, various requirements have been placed on light-shielding films.

例如,隨著固體攝像裝置的小型化、薄型化及高感度化,要求遮光膜的進一步的低反射化。特別是就工業的方面而言,若可藉由生產性優異的旋塗法等塗佈法形成如上所述的低反射性的遮光膜,則較佳。 For example, with the reduction in size, thickness, and sensitivity of solid-state imaging devices, further reduction in reflection of light-shielding films is required. In particular, in terms of industry, it is preferable that the low-reflection light-shielding film can be formed by a coating method such as a spin coating method having excellent productivity.

另外,於實施塗佈法的情況下,理想的是所得的遮光膜的性質不會因其塗佈環境而發生變化。更具體而言,就工業的觀點而言,理想的是塗佈時的環境始終固定。然而,隨著天氣或季節的變化而有塗佈時的濕度發生改變的情況、或塗佈時溶劑的排氣量發生改變的情況。理想的是即便於此種濕度及排氣量等塗佈環境發生改變的情況下,亦可獲得顯示出規定特性的遮光膜。即,理想的是塗佈環境依存性小的遮光膜。再者,所謂塗佈環境依存性是指:遮光膜的光學特性因塗佈環境而表現出何種程度的改變,並且於塗佈環境依存性高的情況下,若塗佈環境發生改變,則所得的遮光膜的光學特性亦會大幅發生改變。 In the case where the coating method is implemented, it is desirable that the properties of the obtained light-shielding film do not change depending on the coating environment. More specifically, from an industrial standpoint, it is desirable that the environment at the time of coating is always constant. However, depending on the weather or season, the humidity at the time of coating may be changed, or the exhaust amount of the solvent may be changed at the time of coating. It is desirable to obtain a light-shielding film that exhibits predetermined characteristics even when the coating environment such as humidity and exhaust volume is changed. That is, a light-shielding film having a small coating environment dependency is desirable. In addition, the coating environment dependency refers to how much the optical characteristics of the light-shielding film change due to the coating environment, and when the coating environment dependency is high, if the coating environment changes, The optical characteristics of the resulting light-shielding film will also change significantly.

進而,遮光膜多數情況下以圖案狀形成於規定構件上而被配置於固體攝像裝置內。再者,於將構件配置於固體攝像裝置內之 前,有時為了將構件上的異物去除而對構件實施以高壓吹附清洗液的清洗處理。於此種清洗處理時,亦要求不會產生遮光膜的缺陷。 Furthermore, in many cases, the light-shielding film is formed in a pattern on a predetermined member and is arranged in a solid-state imaging device. Furthermore, the components are arranged in the solid-state imaging device. Previously, in order to remove a foreign substance from a member, the member may be subjected to a cleaning treatment in which a cleaning solution is blown with a high pressure. In this cleaning process, it is also required that defects of the light-shielding film do not occur.

即,理想的是藉由塗佈法製造遮光性優異並且顯示出低反射性、塗佈環境依存性小、進而難以產生缺陷的遮光膜。 That is, it is desirable to produce a light-shielding film which is excellent in light-shielding properties, exhibits low reflectivity, has low dependency on the coating environment, and is less likely to cause defects by a coating method.

本發明者等人使用專利文獻1中具體揭示的聚合性組成物並藉由塗佈法來製造遮光膜,並且對所述特性進行了研究,結果發現無法獲得滿足所述所有特性的遮光膜,需要進一步的改良。 The inventors have used the polymerizable composition disclosed in Patent Document 1 to manufacture a light-shielding film by a coating method, and have studied the characteristics. As a result, they have found that a light-shielding film that satisfies all the characteristics cannot be obtained. Further improvements are needed.

本發明是鑒於所述實際情況而目的在於提供一種適用於藉由塗佈法製造遮光性優異、顯示出低反射性、塗佈環境依存性小、進而難以產生缺陷的遮光膜的顏料分散組成物及其製造方法。 This invention is made in view of the said situation, and an object is to provide the pigment dispersion composition suitable for manufacture of the light-shielding film which is excellent in light-shielding property by coating method, shows low reflectivity, has a small coating environment dependency, and is hard to generate a defect And its manufacturing method.

另外,本發明的目的亦在於提供一種包含所述顏料分散組成物的聚合性組成物、遮光膜及固體攝像裝置。 Another object of the present invention is to provide a polymerizable composition including the pigment dispersion composition, a light-shielding film, and a solid-state imaging device.

本發明者為了達成所述課題而進行了努力研究,結果發現藉由使用利用溶解度參數(Solubility Parameter,SP)值不同的兩種分散劑所得的顏料分散組成物,可解決所述課題,從而完成了本發明。 The present inventors conducted diligent research in order to achieve the above-mentioned problems, and as a result, they found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by using a pigment dispersion composition obtained by using two kinds of dispersants having different Solubility Parameter (SP) values. This invention.

即,本發明者等人發現藉由以下的構成可解決所述課題。 That is, the present inventors have found that the problems can be solved by the following configuration.

(1)一種顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其包括將包含黑色顏料及第1分散劑的第1顏料分散物與包含黑色顏料及第2分散劑的第2顏料分散物混合而製造顏料分散組成物的步驟,並 且第1分散劑的SP值與第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.0MPa1/2(1) A method for producing a pigment dispersion composition, comprising mixing a first pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a first dispersant and a second pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a second dispersant to produce a pigment dispersion composition The absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.0 MPa 1/2 .

(2)如(1)所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中第1分散劑及第2分散劑中的任一者為後述通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物,第1分散劑及第2分散劑中的另一者為包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物。 (2) The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to (1), wherein either of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is a polymer compound represented by the general formula (X) described later, and the first dispersant The other of the agent and the second dispersant is a polymer compound containing a structural unit having a graft chain.

(3)如(2)所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中具有接枝鏈的結構單元包含選自後述式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元。 (3) The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to (2), wherein the structural unit having a graft chain includes one or more structures selected from the structural units represented by formulas (1) to (4) described later unit.

(4)如(1)~(3)中任一項所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中黑色顏料為鈦黑。 (4) The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the black pigment is titanium black.

(5)如(1)~(4)中任一項所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中第1分散劑的SP值與第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.5MPa1/2(5) The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein an absolute value of a difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.5 MPa 1/2 .

(6)一種顏料分散組成物,其包含黑色顏料、第1分散劑、以及第2分散劑,第1分散劑的SP值與第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.0MPa1/2,第1分散劑及第2分散劑中的任一者為後述通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物, 第1分散劑及第2分散劑中的另一者為包含選自後述式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元的高分子化合物。 (6) A pigment dispersion composition comprising a black pigment, a first dispersant, and a second dispersant, and an absolute value of a difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.0 MPa 1 / 2 , one of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is a polymer compound represented by the general formula (X) described later, and the other of the first dispersant and the second dispersant contains a compound selected from the following formula (1) to a polymer compound of one or more structural units among the structural units represented by formula (4).

(7)如(6)所述的顏料分散組成物,其中黑色顏料為鈦黑。 (7) The pigment dispersion composition according to (6), wherein the black pigment is titanium black.

(8)如(6)或(7)所述的顏料分散組成物,其中第1分散劑的SP值與第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.5MPa1/2(8) The pigment dispersion composition according to (6) or (7), wherein the absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.5 MPa 1/2 .

(9)一種聚合性組成物,其包含如(6)~(8)中任一項所述的顏料分散組成物、聚合性化合物、以及聚合起始劑。 (9) A polymerizable composition comprising the pigment dispersion composition according to any one of (6) to (8), a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator.

(10)如(9)所述的聚合性組成物,其進而包含具有如下SP值的黏合劑聚合物,所述SP值與第1分散劑的SP值及第2分散劑的SP值中的任一者的SP值的差的絕對值為0.5MPa1/2以內。 (10) The polymerizable composition according to (9), further comprising a binder polymer having an SP value, the SP value, the SP value of the first dispersant, and the SP value of the second dispersant. The absolute value of the difference between the SP values was within 0.5 MPa 1/2 .

(11)一種遮光膜,其是使用如(9)或(10)所述的聚合性組成物而形成。 (11) A light-shielding film formed using the polymerizable composition according to (9) or (10).

(12)一種固體攝像裝置,其具備如(11)所述的遮光膜。 (12) A solid-state imaging device including the light-shielding film according to (11).

根據本發明,可提供一種適用於藉由塗佈法製造遮光性優異、顯示出低反射性、塗佈環境依存性小、進而難以產生缺陷的遮光膜的顏料分散組成物及其製造方法。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a pigment dispersion composition suitable for producing a light-shielding film excellent in light-shielding properties, exhibiting low reflectivity, having low dependence on the coating environment, and further less likely to cause defects, and a method for producing the same by a coating method.

另外,根據本發明,亦可提供一種包含所述顏料分散組成物的聚合性組成物、遮光膜及固體攝像裝置。 Moreover, according to this invention, the polymerizable composition containing the said pigment dispersion composition, a light-shielding film, and a solid-state imaging device can also be provided.

2、20、30、40‧‧‧固體攝像裝置 2, 20, 30, 40‧‧‧ solid-state imaging device

3‧‧‧CMOS感測器 3‧‧‧CMOS sensor

4‧‧‧電路基板 4‧‧‧circuit board

5‧‧‧固體攝像元件用保持基板(陶瓷基板) 5‧‧‧ Holding substrate (ceramic substrate) for solid-state image sensor

5a‧‧‧開口 5a‧‧‧ opening

6‧‧‧IR截止濾光片 6‧‧‧IR cut-off filter

6a‧‧‧入射面 6a‧‧‧ incident surface

7‧‧‧攝影鏡頭 7‧‧‧Photographic lens

8‧‧‧鏡頭支架 8‧‧‧ lens holder

9‧‧‧保持筒 9‧‧‧ holding tube

11、21、31、41、102‧‧‧遮光膜(遮光層) 11, 21, 31, 41, 102‧‧‧ light-shielding film (light-shielding layer)

100‧‧‧基板 100‧‧‧ substrate

102a‧‧‧側蝕部 102a‧‧‧Side Etching

104‧‧‧修補膜 104‧‧‧Fixing film

R1、R2、R3‧‧‧反射光 R1, R2, R3‧‧‧ reflected light

圖1(A)~圖1(D)是表示膜修補步驟的程序的剖面圖。 1 (A) to 1 (D) are cross-sectional views showing a procedure of a film repair step.

圖2是表示第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置的立體圖。 FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment.

圖3是第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置的分解立體圖。 3 is an exploded perspective view of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment.

圖4是表示第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment.

圖5是表示第2實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 5 is a cross-sectional view showing a solid-state imaging device according to a second embodiment.

圖6是表示第3實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 6 is a cross-sectional view showing a solid-state imaging device according to a third embodiment.

圖7是表示第4實施形態的固體攝像裝置的剖面圖。 Fig. 7 is a sectional view showing a solid-state imaging device according to a fourth embodiment.

圖8是實施例中使用的具有圖案的遮罩的概略圖。 FIG. 8 is a schematic view of a patterned mask used in the embodiment.

圖9是圖案狀的遮光膜的剖面照片。 FIG. 9 is a sectional photograph of a patterned light-shielding film.

圖10是形成有修補膜的遮光膜的剖面照片。 10 is a cross-sectional photograph of a light-shielding film on which a repair film is formed.

圖11(A)及圖11(B)是蝕刻處理後的遮光膜的剖面照片。 11 (A) and 11 (B) are cross-sectional photographs of a light-shielding film after the etching process.

圖12是表示蝕刻處理前後的遮光膜的透過分光特性的圖。 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing transmission and spectral characteristics of a light-shielding film before and after an etching process.

圖13是表示蝕刻處理前後的遮光膜的反射率的圖。 FIG. 13 is a graph showing the reflectance of the light-shielding film before and after the etching process.

以下,對本發明的顏料分散組成物及其製造方法、聚合性組成物、遮光膜及固體攝像裝置的較佳態樣進行詳細敍述。 Hereinafter, the preferable aspect of the pigment dispersion composition of this invention, its manufacturing method, a polymerizable composition, a light-shielding film, and a solid-state imaging device is described in detail.

再者,本說明書中的基(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述是包含不具有取代基的基(原子團)並且亦包含具有取代基的基(原子團)的表述。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 In addition, in the description of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the expressions that are not described as substituted and unsubstituted are expressions that include a group (atomic group) having no substituent and also include a group (atomic group) having a substituent. For example, "alkyl" includes not only an alkyl group (unsubstituted alkyl group) having no substituent, but also an alkyl group (substituted alkyl group) having a substituent.

另外,本說明書中的「放射線」是指包含可見光線、紫外線、 遠紫外線、電子束及X射線等。 In addition, "radiation" in this specification means including visible light, ultraviolet rays, Far ultraviolet, electron beam and X-ray.

以下所記載的構成要件的說明有時是基於本發明的具代表性的實施方式而成,本發明並不受到此種實施方式的限定。再者,本說明書中,使用「~」表示的數值範圍是指包含「~」前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的範圍。 The description of the constituent elements described below may be based on a representative embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to such an embodiment. In addition, in this specification, a numerical range indicated by "~" means a range including numerical values described before and after "~" as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.

再者,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基。另外,本說明書中,「單量體」與「單體(monomer)」為相同含義。本發明中的單量體與寡聚物及聚合物不同,是指重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物是指具有聚合性基的化合物,可為單量體,亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性基,是指參與聚合反應的基。 In addition, in this specification, "(meth) acrylate" means acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth) acrylic" means acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth) acrylfluorenyl" means acrylic acid. And methacryl groups. In addition, in this specification, "single body" and "monomer" have the same meaning. The monomers in the present invention are different from oligomers and polymers and refer to compounds having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound refers to a compound having a polymerizable group, and may be a singular body or a polymer. The polymerizable group refers to a group participating in a polymerization reaction.

如上所述,作為本發明的特徵點之一,可列舉使用SP值不同的兩種分散劑的方面。以下,關於可獲得本發明的效果的理由進行推測。 As described above, as one of the characteristic points of the present invention, an aspect in which two kinds of dispersants having different SP values are used can be cited. The reason for obtaining the effects of the present invention is estimated below.

首先,若使用兩種SP值不同的分散劑,則於藉由塗佈法形成的遮光膜的狀態下引起該兩種分散劑的層分離。若產生此種層分離,則於遮光膜表面上形成凹凸結構,此種結構對光進行反射而有助於低反射化。 First, if two kinds of dispersants having different SP values are used, layer separation of the two kinds of dispersants is caused in a state of a light-shielding film formed by a coating method. If such layer separation occurs, a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light-shielding film, and this structure reflects light and contributes to low reflection.

另外,於專利文獻1中所記載般的僅使用一種分散劑的情況下,於製作遮光膜時,於與分散劑以外的黏合劑(例如,鹼可溶 性樹脂)之間進行相分離,容易形成包含分散劑的區域與不包含分散劑的區域,黑色顏料會偏向存在於包含分散劑的區域。此種層分離結構會因濕度環境及排氣環境等塗佈環境而大幅發生變化。例如,不包含黑色顏料的區域的大小會因塗佈環境而大幅發生改變。因此,所得的遮光膜的結構因塗佈環境而發生變化,其光學特性(特別是反射率)會發生改變。即,塗佈環境依存性高。相對於此,於使用所述兩種SP值不同的分散劑的情況下,分散劑間雖產生相分離,但黑色顏料包含於兩區域,因此若以遮光膜整體來看,黑色顏料均勻地分散。因此,難以產生如上所述的不包含黑色顏料的區域,塗佈環境依存性小。 In addition, in the case where only one dispersant is used as described in Patent Document 1, when producing a light-shielding film, it is soluble in a binder (for example, alkali-soluble) other than the dispersant. Phase separation), it is easy to form a region containing a dispersant and a region not containing a dispersant, and a black pigment is biased to exist in a region containing a dispersant. Such a layer separation structure greatly changes due to a coating environment such as a humidity environment and an exhaust environment. For example, the size of a region that does not contain a black pigment may vary greatly depending on the coating environment. Therefore, the structure of the obtained light-shielding film changes depending on the coating environment, and its optical characteristics (especially reflectance) change. That is, the coating environment is highly dependent. In contrast, when the two dispersants with different SP values are used, although the phase separation occurs between the dispersants, the black pigment is included in the two regions. Therefore, if the entire light-shielding film is used, the black pigment is uniformly dispersed. . Therefore, it is difficult to generate a region not containing the black pigment as described above, and the coating environment dependency is small.

進而,於使用所述兩種SP值不同的分散劑的情況下,於顯影時難以產生側蝕(undercut)而防止清洗時的缺陷。 Furthermore, when the two kinds of dispersants having different SP values are used, it is difficult to generate undercuts during development to prevent defects during cleaning.

以下,首先對本發明的顏料分散組成物的製造方法進行敍述,之後對顏料分散組成物及固體攝像裝置進行詳細敍述。 Hereinafter, the method for producing the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention will be described first, and then the pigment dispersion composition and the solid-state imaging device will be described in detail.

<<顏料分散組成物的製造方法>> << Manufacturing method of pigment dispersion composition >>

本發明的顏料分散組成物的製造方法至少包括將包含黑色顏料及第1分散劑的第1顏料分散物與包含黑色顏料及第2分散劑的第2顏料分散物混合而製造顏料分散組成物的步驟(以後,亦稱為「步驟3」)。 The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition of the present invention includes at least mixing a first pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a first dispersant with a second pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a second dispersant to produce a pigment dispersion composition. Step (hereinafter, also referred to as "step 3").

步驟3中所使用的第1顏料分散物及第2顏料分散物可使用市售品,亦可進行製造。通常,於混合步驟之前,實施準備所述第1顏料分散物的步驟(以後,亦稱為「步驟1」)及準備所述第 2顏料分散物的步驟(以後,亦稱為「步驟2」)。再者,步驟1及步驟2可順序不同地實施,可於實施步驟1後實施步驟2,亦可於實施步驟2後實施步驟1。另外,亦可同時實施步驟1與步驟2。 The first pigment dispersion and the second pigment dispersion used in Step 3 may be commercially available products or may be produced. Usually, before the mixing step, a step of preparing the first pigment dispersion (hereinafter, also referred to as "step 1") and a step of preparing the first pigment dispersion are performed. 2 pigment dispersion step (hereinafter, also referred to as "step 2"). In addition, steps 1 and 2 can be implemented in different orders. Step 2 can be performed after step 1 is performed, or step 1 can be performed after step 2. Alternatively, step 1 and step 2 may be performed simultaneously.

以下,以步驟1~步驟3的順序對各步驟的程序進行詳細敍述。 Hereinafter, the procedures of each step will be described in detail in the order of steps 1 to 3.

<步驟1> <Step 1>

步驟1為準備包含黑色顏料及第1分散劑的第1顏料分散物的步驟。如上所述,第1顏料分散物可使用市售品,亦可將黑色顏料與第1分散劑混合來製造第1顏料分散物。 Step 1 is a step of preparing a first pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a first dispersant. As described above, a commercially available product may be used as the first pigment dispersion, or a black pigment and a first dispersant may be mixed to produce the first pigment dispersion.

以下,對將黑色顏料與第1分散劑混合來製造第1顏料分散物的步驟的程序進行詳細敍述。 Hereinafter, the procedure of the step of mixing a black pigment and a first dispersant to produce a first pigment dispersion will be described in detail.

關於本步驟中所使用的黑色顏料及第1分散劑的態樣,將於以後進行詳細敍述。 The state of the black pigment and the first dispersant used in this step will be described in detail later.

黑色顏料與第1分散劑的質量比(黑色顏料的質量/第1分散劑的質量)並無特別限制,就黑色顏料的分散性更優異、遮光膜的特性更優異的方面而言,較佳為1~10,更佳為2.0~5.0。 The mass ratio of the black pigment to the first dispersant (mass of the black pigment / mass of the first dispersant) is not particularly limited, and it is preferable in terms of better dispersibility of the black pigment and more excellent light-shielding film characteristics. It is 1 to 10, and more preferably 2.0 to 5.0.

另外,於製造第1顏料分散物時,視需要亦可一併使用黑色顏料及第1分散劑以外的其他成分。例如,作為其他成分,可列舉後述的聚合性組成物中亦可包含的成分(例如,溶劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物)等。 Moreover, when manufacturing a 1st pigment dispersion, you may use other components other than a black pigment and a 1st dispersing agent together as needed. For example, as another component, the component (for example, a solvent, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer) etc. which can be contained in the polymerizable composition mentioned later are mentioned.

再者,於第1顏料分散物中包含溶劑的情況下,就黑色顏料的分散性更優異、遮光膜的特性更優異的方面而言,相對於第1 顏料分散物的總質量,溶劑的含量較佳為10質量%~90質量%,更佳為30質量%~80質量%。 When a solvent is included in the first pigment dispersion, the black pigment is more excellent in dispersibility and more excellent in the characteristics of the light-shielding film than the first pigment dispersion. The total mass of the pigment dispersion and the content of the solvent are preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 80% by mass.

將黑色顏料及第1分散劑混合的方法並無特別限制,可採用公知的方法。例如,可使用攪拌機、均質機(homogenizer)、高壓乳化裝置、濕式粉碎機及濕式分散機等公知的混合裝置將黑色顏料及第1分散劑混合來製備第1顏料分散物。 The method of mixing a black pigment and a 1st dispersing agent is not specifically limited, A well-known method can be used. For example, a black pigment and a 1st dispersant can be mixed using well-known mixing apparatuses, such as a stirrer, a homogenizer, a high-pressure emulsifier, a wet grinder, and a wet disperser, and the 1st pigment dispersion can be prepared.

作為混合裝置的具體例,例如可列舉壽工業股份有限公司製造的超頂磨(Ultra Apex Mill)、及新丸企業(Shinmaru Enterprises)製造的戴諾磨(Dyno-Mill)NPM系列等。 Specific examples of the mixing device include an Ultra Apex Mill manufactured by Shou Industry Co., Ltd., and a Dyno-Mill NPM series manufactured by Shinmaru Enterprises.

混合處理時的溫度並無特別限制,就分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為5℃~70℃,更佳為20℃~60℃。 The temperature during the mixing treatment is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is preferably 5 ° C to 70 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 60 ° C.

另外,混合處理較佳為使用珠粒(beads)進行。關於珠粒的組成或尺寸(直徑),並無特別限定,可應用公知的組成或直徑。作為珠粒,例如較佳為直徑為0.01mm~0.30mm的珠粒。 The mixing treatment is preferably performed using beads. The composition or size (diameter) of the beads is not particularly limited, and a known composition or diameter can be applied. As the beads, for example, beads having a diameter of 0.01 mm to 0.30 mm are preferred.

再者,混合處理較佳為於溶劑的存在下實施。於使用溶劑的情況下,作為溶劑相對於黑色顏料的質量比率[溶劑/黑色顏料],就分散的容易性的觀點而言,較佳為1.0~9.0,更佳為1.0~5.0。 The mixing treatment is preferably performed in the presence of a solvent. When a solvent is used, the mass ratio of the solvent to the black pigment [solvent / black pigment] is preferably 1.0 to 9.0, and more preferably 1.0 to 5.0 in terms of ease of dispersion.

<步驟2> <Step 2>

步驟2為準備包含黑色顏料及第2分散劑的第2顏料分散物的步驟。如上所述,第2顏料分散物可使用市售品,亦可將黑色顏料與第2分散劑混合來製造第2顏料分散物。 Step 2 is a step of preparing a second pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a second dispersant. As described above, the second pigment dispersion may be a commercially available product, or a second pigment dispersion may be produced by mixing a black pigment and a second dispersant.

作為製造第2顏料分散物的程序,可列舉所述步驟1中敍述 的方法,此處省略說明。 As a procedure for producing the second pigment dispersion, the method described in Step 1 can be cited. The method is omitted here.

關於本步驟中所使用的黑色顏料及第2分散劑的態樣,將於以後進行詳細敍述。 The state of the black pigment and the second dispersant used in this step will be described in detail later.

黑色顏料與第2分散劑的質量比(黑色顏料的質量/第2分散劑的質量)並無特別限制,就黑色顏料的分散性更優異、遮光膜的特性更優異的方面而言,較佳為1~10,更佳為2.0~5.0。 The mass ratio of the black pigment to the second dispersant (mass of the black pigment / mass of the second dispersant) is not particularly limited, and it is preferable in terms of better dispersibility of the black pigment and better characteristics of the light-shielding film. It is 1 to 10, and more preferably 2.0 to 5.0.

另外,於製造第2顏料分散物時,視需要亦可一併使用黑色顏料及第2分散劑以外的其他成分。例如,作為其他成分,可列舉後述的聚合性組成物中亦可包含的成分(例如,溶劑、聚合性化合物、黏合劑聚合物)等。 Moreover, when manufacturing a 2nd pigment dispersion, you may use other components other than a black pigment and a 2nd dispersing agent together as needed. For example, as another component, the component (for example, a solvent, a polymerizable compound, a binder polymer) etc. which can be contained in the polymerizable composition mentioned later are mentioned.

再者,於第2顏料分散物中包含溶劑的情況下,就黑色顏料的分散性更優異、遮光膜的特性更優異的方面而言,相對於第2顏料分散物的總質量,溶劑的含量較佳為10質量%~90質量%,更佳為30質量%~80質量%。 When a solvent is contained in the second pigment dispersion, the content of the solvent relative to the total mass of the second pigment dispersion is more excellent in the dispersibility of the black pigment and the characteristics of the light-shielding film. It is preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 80% by mass.

另外,步驟1中所使用的第1分散劑的SP值與步驟2中所使用的第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.0MPa1/2。其中,就可獲得遮光膜的反射性更低、難以產生遮光膜的缺陷、塗佈環境依存性小、及圖案解析性優異的至少任一種效果的方面(以後,亦簡稱為「本發明的效果更優異的方面」)而言,所述差的絕對值較佳為超過1.5MPa1/2,更佳為2.5MPa1/2以上。所述差的絕對值的上限值並無特別限制,通常多數情況下為5.0MPa1/2以下,更多的情況下為4.0MPa1/2以下。 The absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant used in step 1 and the SP value of the second dispersant used in step 2 was more than 1.0 MPa 1/2 . Among them, it is possible to obtain at least one of the following effects (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "effects of the present invention") in which at least one of the effects of lower reflectivity of the light-shielding film, difficulty in occurrence of defects of the light-shielding film, low dependence on the coating environment, and excellent pattern resolution is obtained. More excellent point "), the absolute value of the difference is preferably more than 1.5 MPa 1/2 , and more preferably 2.5 MPa 1/2 or more. Upper limit of the absolute value of the difference is not particularly limited, is usually most cases 5.0MPa 1/2 or less, more cases of 4.0MPa 1/2 or less.

再者,所謂所述差的絕對值,是指由|第1分散劑的SP值-第2分散劑的SP值|表示的值。 The absolute value of the difference means a value represented by | SP value of the first dispersant-SP value of the second dispersant |.

第1分散劑的SP值及第2分散劑的SP值的範圍只要滿足所述關係即可,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,較佳為16MPa1/2~24MPa1/2,更佳為17MPa1/2~22MPa1/2The range of the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant is only required to satisfy the above-mentioned relationship. In terms of a more excellent effect of the present invention, it is preferably 16 MPa 1/2 to 24 MPa 1/2 . More preferably, it is 17 MPa 1/2 to 22 MPa 1/2 .

另外,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,第1分散劑的SP值及第2分散劑的SP值的其中一者的SP值較佳為小於18.5MPa1/2,更佳為小於18.0MPa1/2In addition, in terms of more excellent effects of the present invention, the SP value of one of the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant is preferably less than 18.5 MPa 1/2 , and more preferably less than 18.0MPa 1/2 .

於第1分散劑的SP值及第2分散劑的SP值的其中一者的SP值小於18.5MPa1/2的情況下,第1分散劑的SP值及第2分散劑的SP值的另一者的SP值較佳為19.5MPa1/2以上,更佳為20.0MPa1/2以上。 When the SP value of one of the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant is less than 18.5 MPa 1/2 , the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant are different. The SP value of one is preferably 19.5 MPa 1/2 or more, and more preferably 20.0 MPa 1/2 or more.

所謂本發明中的SP值,是指溶解度參數,表示藉由沖津法測定的溶解度參數。關於沖津法,詳細記載於「日本接著學會誌」(第29卷、第5號(1993))中。第1分散劑及第2分散劑的SP值是指以如下方式所求出的值。首先,藉由沖津法求出用於形成第1分散劑及第2分散劑的單體的SP值。其次,針對每一種單體,求出單體的SP值與第1分散劑及第2分散劑中的單體的質量分率的積。其次,將針對每一種單體求出的所述積相加,藉此求出第1分散劑及第2分散劑的SP值。 The SP value in the present invention refers to a solubility parameter, and represents a solubility parameter measured by the Otsutsu method. The Otsutsu method is described in detail in "Journal of the Japanese Academy of Adhesion" (Vol. 29, No. 5 (1993)). The SP value of a 1st dispersing agent and a 2nd dispersing agent is a value calculated | required as follows. First, the SP values of the monomers for forming the first dispersant and the second dispersant were determined by the Otsutsu method. Next, for each monomer, the product of the SP value of the monomer and the mass fraction of the monomer in the first dispersant and the second dispersant was determined. Next, the SP values of the first dispersant and the second dispersant are obtained by adding the products obtained for each monomer.

例如,作為SP值為15MPa1/2的單體A(10質量%)、SP值為18MPa1/2的單體B(20質量%)及SP值為20MPa1/2的單體C (70質量%)的共聚物的樹脂a的SP值是藉由下述式求出。 For example, a SP value of 15MPa 1/2 of the monomer A (10 mass%), SP value 18MPa 1/2 of the monomer B (20 mass%) SP value 20MPa 1/2 and monomer C (70 The SP value of the resin a of the copolymer by mass%) was obtained by the following formula.

樹脂a的SP值(MPa1/2):15(MPa1/2)×(10/100)+18(MPa1/2)×(20/100)+20(MPa1/2)×(70/100)=19.1(MPa1/2) SP value of resin a (MPa 1/2 ): 15 (MPa 1/2 ) × (10/100) +18 (MPa 1/2 ) × (20/100) +20 (MPa 1/2 ) × (70 /100)=19.1(MPa 1/2 )

<步驟3> <Step 3>

步驟3是將第1顏料分散物與第2顏料分散物混合而製造顏料分散組成物的步驟。 Step 3 is a step of mixing a first pigment dispersion and a second pigment dispersion to produce a pigment dispersion composition.

本步驟中的混合方法並無特別限制,可列舉使用所述步驟1中敍述的混合裝置的方法。 The mixing method in this step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method using the mixing device described in the step 1.

再者,出於藉由異物的去除來減少遮光膜的缺陷的目的,較佳為視需要分別於所述步驟1~步驟3後實施利用過濾器進行過濾的處理。 Furthermore, for the purpose of reducing defects of the light-shielding film by removing foreign matter, it is preferable to perform a filtering process using a filter after the steps 1 to 3 as necessary.

作為過濾器,若為自先前以來便用於過濾用途等的過濾器,則可並無特別限定地使用。例如可列舉:利用聚四氟乙烯(polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍等聚醯胺系樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(高密度、包含超高分子量)等的過濾器。該些原材料中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍。 The filter can be used without particular limitation as long as it is a filter that has been used for filtering purposes and the like since before. Examples include the use of fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene (high density, including ultra-high molecular weight), etc. Filter. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.1μm~7.0μm左右,較佳為0.2μm~2.5μm左右,更佳為0.2μm~1.5μm左右,進而佳為0.3μm~0.7μm。藉由設為該範圍可抑制黑色顏料的過濾堵塞,並且可將黑 色顏料中所含的雜質及凝聚物等微細的異物確實地去除。 The pore diameter of the filter is suitably about 0.1 μm to 7.0 μm, preferably about 0.2 μm to 2.5 μm, more preferably about 0.2 μm to 1.5 μm, and even more preferably 0.3 μm to 0.7 μm. By setting this range, the clogging of black pigment can be suppressed, and the black color can be reduced. Fine foreign matter such as impurities and aggregates contained in the color pigment is reliably removed.

於使用過濾器時,亦可將不同的過濾器加以組合。此時,利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅進行一次,亦可進行兩次以上。於組合不同的過濾器來進行兩次以上的過濾的情況下,較佳為第二次以後的過濾的孔徑與第一次的過濾的孔徑相同,或大於第一次的過濾的孔徑。另外,亦可於所述範圍內將不同孔徑的第1過濾器加以組合。此處的孔徑可參照過濾器生產商的標稱值。作為市售的過濾器,例如可自日本頗爾(Pall)股份有限公司、愛多邦得科東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本應特格(Entegris)股份有限公司(原日本密科理(Mykrolis)股份有限公司)及北澤微濾器(Kitz Microfilter)股份有限公司等提供的各種過濾器中進行選擇。 When using filters, different filters can also be combined. In this case, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. In the case where different filters are combined to perform two or more filtrations, it is preferable that the pore diameter of the second and subsequent filtrations is the same as or larger than the pore diameter of the first filtration. In addition, the first filters having different pore sizes may be combined within the above range. The pore size here can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. As commercially available filters, for example, Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., and Entegris Co., Ltd. (Mykrolis Co., Ltd.) and Kitz Microfilter Co., Ltd.

第2過濾器可使用藉由與所述第1過濾器相同的材料等形成的過濾器。第2過濾器的孔徑合適的是0.2μm~10.0μm左右,較佳為0.2μm~7.0μm左右,進而佳為0.3μm~6.0μm左右。 As the second filter, a filter made of the same material as the first filter can be used. The pore diameter of the second filter is suitably about 0.2 μm to 10.0 μm, preferably about 0.2 μm to 7.0 μm, and more preferably about 0.3 μm to 6.0 μm.

<<顏料分散組成物(以後,亦簡稱為「組成物」)>> << Pigment dispersion composition (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "composition") >>

藉由所述製造方法可獲得包含黑色顏料、第1分散劑、以及第2分散劑的顏料分散組成物。如上所述,第1分散劑及第2分散劑滿足規定的SP值關係。再者,如上所述,藉由使用兩種分散劑而於遮光膜的表面製作凹凸結構從而實現低反射化,因此,本發明的顏料分散組成物中,消光劑(不包含黑色顏料)並非必需的構成要素,較佳為並不包含,但亦可於不損及本發明的效果的 範圍內使用。 A pigment dispersion composition containing a black pigment, a first dispersant, and a second dispersant can be obtained by the production method. As described above, the first dispersant and the second dispersant satisfy a predetermined SP value relationship. Furthermore, as described above, since a concave-convex structure is formed on the surface of the light-shielding film by using two kinds of dispersants to achieve low reflection, a matting agent (not including a black pigment) is not necessary in the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention. The constituent elements are preferably not included, but can also be used without impairing the effects of the present invention. Use within range.

顏料分散組成物中的黑色顏料的含量並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,相對於組成物的總固體成分(總固體成分質量)較佳為5質量%~90質量%,更佳為20質量%~80質量%。 The content of the black pigment in the pigment-dispersed composition is not particularly limited, and in terms of the effect of the present invention, the total solid content (total solid content mass) of the composition is preferably 5% to 90% by mass. %, More preferably 20% to 80% by mass.

顏料分散組成物中第1分散劑的含量並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,相對於組成物的總固體成分(總固體成分質量)較佳為1質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~25質量%。 The content of the first dispersant in the pigment-dispersed composition is not particularly limited. In terms of the effect of the present invention, the total solid content (total solid content mass) of the composition is preferably 1% to 30% by mass Mass%, more preferably 5 mass% to 25 mass%.

顏料分散組成物中的第2分散劑的含量並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,相對於組成物的總固體成分(總固體成分質量)較佳為1質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~25質量%。 The content of the second dispersant in the pigment-dispersed composition is not particularly limited. In terms of the effect of the present invention, the total solid content (total solid content mass) of the composition is preferably 1% by mass or more. 30 mass%, more preferably 5 mass% to 25 mass%.

再者,所謂固體成分,是指可構成遮光膜的成分,並不包含溶劑。 The solid content refers to a component that can constitute a light-shielding film, and does not include a solvent.

顏料分散組成物中,第1分散劑與第2分散劑的質量比(第1分散劑的質量/第2分散劑的質量)並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,較佳為0.1~9.0,更佳為0.2~3.0。 In the pigment dispersion composition, the mass ratio of the first dispersant to the second dispersant (mass of the first dispersant / mass of the second dispersant) is not particularly limited, and the effect of the present invention is more excellent, It is preferably 0.1 to 9.0, and more preferably 0.2 to 3.0.

以下,對於顏料分散組成物中所含的各成分進行詳細敍述。 Hereinafter, each component contained in a pigment dispersion composition is demonstrated in detail.

<黑色顏料> <Black pigment>

黑色顏料可使用各種公知的黑色顏料。特別是就可以少量實現高的光學濃度的觀點而言,較佳為碳黑、鈦黑、氧化鈦、氧化 鐵、氧化錳及石墨等,其中較佳為包含碳黑及鈦黑中的至少一種,特佳為鈦黑。 As the black pigment, various known black pigments can be used. In particular, carbon black, titanium black, titanium oxide, and oxide are preferable from the viewpoint that a high optical concentration can be achieved in a small amount. Among them, iron, manganese oxide, graphite and the like are preferably at least one of carbon black and titanium black, and titanium black is particularly preferred.

更具體而言,亦可使用作為市售品的C.I.顏料黑1等有機顏料及顏料黑7等無機顏料。 More specifically, organic pigments such as C.I. Pigment Black 1 and inorganic pigments such as Pigment Black 7 can be used as commercially available products.

黑色顏料較佳為含有鈦黑。 The black pigment preferably contains titanium black.

所謂鈦黑是指含有鈦原子的黑色粒子。較佳為低次氧化鈦及氮氧化鈦等。出於提高分散性及抑制凝聚性等目的,可視需要對鈦黑粒子的表面進行修飾。例如,可利用氧化矽、氧化鈦、氧化鍺、氧化鋁、氧化鎂或氧化鋯對鈦黑粒子進行包覆,另外,亦可利用日本專利特開2007-302836號公報中所表示的撥水性物質進行處理。 Titanium black refers to black particles containing titanium atoms. Preferred are low-order titanium oxide and titanium oxynitride. For the purpose of improving dispersibility and suppressing cohesion, the surface of the titanium black particles may be modified as necessary. For example, titanium oxide particles can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconia, and a water-repellent substance shown in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-302836 can also be used. For processing.

鈦黑典型的是鈦黑粒子,較佳為每個粒子的一次粒徑及平均一次粒徑均小的粒子。 Titanium black is typically titanium black particles, and preferably particles having a small primary particle size and a small average primary particle size.

具體而言,較佳為以平均一次粒徑計為10nm~45nm的範圍的粒子。再者,本發明中的粒徑、即所謂粒子直徑是指具有與粒子的外表面的投影面積相等的面積的圓的直徑。粒子的投影面積可藉由對電子顯微鏡照片中的由拍攝所得的面積進行測定並對攝影倍率進行修正而獲得。 Specifically, particles having a range of 10 nm to 45 nm as the average primary particle diameter are preferred. The particle diameter in the present invention, that is, the particle diameter refers to the diameter of a circle having an area equal to the projected area of the outer surface of the particle. The projected area of the particles can be obtained by measuring the area obtained by photographing in an electron microscope photograph and correcting the photographing magnification.

鈦黑的比表面積並無特別限制,為了使利用撥水化劑對所述鈦黑進行表面處理後的撥水性成為規定性能,藉由布厄特(Brunauer-Emmett-Teller,BET)法測定的值通常為5m2/g以上且150m2/g以下,特佳為20m2/g以上且120m2/g以下。 The specific surface area of titanium black is not particularly limited. In order to make the water repellency after surface treatment of the titanium black with a water-repellent agent a predetermined property, a value measured by the Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) method typically 5m 2 / g or more and 150m 2 / g or less, and especially preferably 120m 2 20m 2 / g or more / g or less.

作為鈦黑的市售品的例子,可列舉:鈦黑10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:以上,三菱材料(股)製造),迪拉庫(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穗化成(股)製造)等。 Examples of commercially available products of titanium black include titanium black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, and 13M-T (trade names: above, manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials (Stock)), Dila Tilack D (trade name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.) and the like.

進而,亦較佳為以包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體的形式含有鈦黑。 Furthermore, it is also preferable to contain titanium black in the form of a dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms.

該形態中,鈦黑以被分散體的形式而被含有於組成物中,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)以質量換算計較佳為0.05以上。 In this form, titanium black is contained in the composition in the form of a dispersion, and the content ratio (Si / Ti) of the Si atoms to the Ti atoms in the dispersion is preferably 0.05 or more in terms of mass conversion.

此處,所述被分散體包含鈦黑為一次粒子的狀態者、鈦黑為凝聚體(二次粒子)的狀態者這兩者。 Here, the to-be-dispersed body includes both a state where titanium black is a primary particle and a state where titanium black is an aggregate (secondary particle).

再者,關於本發明中的被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti),於為0.5以下的情況下,有容易製造使用被分散體的顏料分散物的傾向,因此其上限較佳為0.5。 In addition, regarding the content ratio (Si / Ti) of the Si atom and the Ti atom in the dispersion to be used in the present invention, when the dispersion ratio is 0.5 or less, the pigment dispersion in which the dispersion is used tends to be easily produced. The upper limit is preferably 0.5.

另外,於藉由光微影等將使用被分散體的遮光膜圖案化時,就殘渣難以殘留於去除部且遮光性能優異的方面而言,被分散體的Si/Ti更佳為0.05以上且0.5以下,進而佳為0.07以上且0.4以下。 In addition, when patterning the light-shielding film using the dispersion by photolithography, etc., it is more preferable that the Si / Ti of the dispersion is 0.05 or more in terms of the difficulty that the residue remains in the removal portion and the light-shielding performance is excellent. 0.5 or less, more preferably 0.07 or more and 0.4 or less.

為了變更被分散體的Si/Ti(例如,設為0.05以上),可使用以下般的方法。 In order to change the Si / Ti of the dispersion (for example, 0.05 or more), the following method can be used.

首先,使用分散機對氧化鈦與二氧化矽粒子進行分散,藉此獲得混合物,於高溫(例如,850℃~1000℃)下對該混合物進行還原處理,藉此可獲得以鈦黑粒子為主成分且含有Si與Ti的被分 散體。 First, a titanium oxide and silicon dioxide particles are dispersed using a disperser to obtain a mixture, and the mixture is subjected to reduction treatment at a high temperature (for example, 850 ° C to 1000 ° C), thereby obtaining titanium black particles as a main component. Composition containing Si and Ti Scattered.

此處,對用於變更被分散體的Si/Ti的具體的態樣進行說明。 Here, a specific aspect of Si / Ti for changing the dispersion will be described.

Si/Ti被調整為例如0.05以上等的鈦黑例如可藉由日本專利特開2008-266045公報的段落[0005]及段落[0016]~段落[0021]中記載的方法來製作。 The titanium black whose Si / Ti is adjusted to, for example, 0.05 or more can be produced by the methods described in paragraphs [0005] and [0016] to [0021] of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-266045, for example.

本發明中,藉由將包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體中Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)調整為較佳的範圍(例如0.05以上),於使用包含該被分散體的組成物形成遮光膜時,遮光膜的形成區域外的源自組成物的殘渣物減少。再者,殘渣物包含源自鈦黑粒子、樹脂成分等組成物的成分。 In the present invention, by adjusting the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms (Si / Ti) in a dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms to a preferred range (for example, 0.05 or more), the dispersion containing the dispersion is used. When the light-shielding film is formed by the composition of the composition, residues derived from the composition outside the area where the light-shielding film is formed are reduced. The residue includes components derived from compositions such as titanium black particles and resin components.

殘渣物減少的理由仍未明確,推測為如上所述的被分散體有成為小粒徑的傾向(例如,粒徑為30nm以下),進而該被分散體的包含Si原子的成分增加,藉此膜整體與基底的吸附性降低,該情況有助於提高遮光膜的形成中的未硬化的組成物(特別是鈦黑)的顯影去除性。 The reason for the reduction of the residue is still unclear, and it is presumed that the dispersion as described above tends to have a small particle diameter (for example, the particle diameter is 30 nm or less), and further that the component containing the Si atom of the dispersion is increased, whereby The adhesion between the entire film and the substrate is reduced, and this case contributes to an improvement in the development removal property of the unhardened composition (especially titanium black) during the formation of the light-shielding film.

另外,對於自紫外光至紅外光為止的廣範圍的波長區域的光而言,鈦黑的遮光性優異,因此使用所述包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體(較佳為Si/Ti以質量換算計為0.05以上者)形成的遮光膜發揮優異的遮光性。 In addition, for light in a wide range of wavelengths from ultraviolet light to infrared light, titanium black has excellent light-shielding properties. Therefore, the above-mentioned dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms (preferably Si / Ti to A light-shielding film having a mass conversion of 0.05 or more) exhibits excellent light-shielding properties.

再者,被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)例如可使用日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0033中記載的方法(1-1)或方法(1-2)進行測定。 The content ratio (Si / Ti) of the Si atom and the Ti atom in the dispersion may be, for example, the method (1-1) or the method (1-) described in paragraph 0033 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-249417. 2) Perform the measurement.

另外,關於使組成物硬化而獲得的遮光膜中所含有的被分散體,為了判斷該被分散體中的Si原子與Ti原子的含有比(Si/Ti)是否為0.05以上而使用日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0035中記載的方法(2)。 In addition, regarding the dispersion to be contained in the light-shielding film obtained by curing the composition, in order to determine whether the content ratio (Si / Ti) of the Si atom to the Ti atom in the dispersion is 0.05 or more, Japanese Patent No. The method (2) described in paragraph 0035 of the 2013-249417 publication.

包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體中,鈦黑可使用所述鈦黑。 Among the dispersions containing titanium black and Si atoms, titanium black can be used as the titanium black.

另外,該被分散體中,出於調整分散性及著色性等目的,亦可將包含Cu、Fe、Mn、V及Ni等的複合氧化物、氧化鈷、氧化鐵、碳黑及苯胺黑等的黑色顏料的一種或兩種以上加以組合而以被分散體的形式與鈦黑併用。 In addition, in this dispersion, for the purpose of adjusting dispersibility and coloring, etc., a composite oxide containing cobalt, Fe, Mn, V, Ni, etc., cobalt oxide, iron oxide, carbon black, and aniline black may also be used. One or two or more of the black pigments are combined and used together with titanium black in the form of a dispersion.

該情況下,較佳為包含鈦黑的被分散體於所有被分散體中佔50質量%以上。 In this case, the dispersion containing titanium black preferably accounts for 50% by mass or more of all the dispersions.

另外,該被分散體中,出於遮光性的調整等目的,只要不損及本發明的效果則亦可視需要與鈦黑一同併用其他著色劑(有機顏料或染料等)。 In addition, in this dispersion, for the purpose of adjusting light-shielding properties and the like, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, other colorants (organic pigments, dyes, etc.) may be used together with titanium black as necessary.

以下,對將Si原子導入至被分散體時所使用的材料進行敍述。於將Si原子導入至被分散體時,只要使用二氧化矽等含有Si的物質即可。 Hereinafter, materials used when introducing Si atoms into a dispersion will be described. When introducing Si atoms into the dispersion, a substance containing Si, such as silicon dioxide, may be used.

作為可使用的二氧化矽,例如可列舉沈降二氧化矽、氣相二氧化矽、膠體二氧化矽及合成二氧化矽等,只要適宜選擇使用該些即可。 Examples of the usable silicon dioxide include precipitated silica, fumed silica, colloidal silica, and synthetic silica, as long as these are appropriately selected and used.

進而,於形成遮光膜時,二氧化矽的粒徑若為小於膜厚的粒徑,則遮光性更優異,因此較佳為使用微粒子類型的二氧化矽作 為二氧化矽粒子。再者,作為微粒子類型的二氧化矽的例子,例如可列舉日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0039中記載的二氧化矽,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 Furthermore, when the light-shielding film is formed, if the particle diameter of the silicon dioxide is smaller than the film thickness, the light-shielding property is more excellent. Therefore, it is preferable to use fine-particle-type silicon dioxide as the For silicon dioxide particles. In addition, as an example of the fine particle type silicon dioxide, for example, the silicon dioxide described in paragraph 0039 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-249417 can be cited, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種鈦黑,亦可含有兩種以上。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of titanium black, or may contain two or more kinds.

<黑色顏料以外的顏料> <Pigment other than black pigment>

除黑色顏料以外,本發明的組成物亦可視需要而包含體質顏料。作為此種體質顏料,例如可列舉:硫酸鋇、碳酸鋇、碳酸鈣、二氧化矽、鹼性碳酸鎂、氧化鋁白、光澤白(gloss white)、鈦白及水滑石(hydrotalcite)等。該些體質顏料可單獨使用或將兩種以上混合使用。相對於黑色顏料100質量份,體質顏料的使用量通常為0質量份~100質量份,較佳為5質量份~50質量份,更佳為10質量份~40質量份。本發明中,關於黑色顏料及體質顏料,亦可視情況以聚合物對該些的表面進行改質而使用。 In addition to the black pigment, the composition of the present invention may include an extender pigment, if necessary. Examples of such extender pigments include barium sulfate, barium carbonate, calcium carbonate, silicon dioxide, basic magnesium carbonate, alumina white, gloss white, titanium white, and hydrotalcite. These extender pigments can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the extender pigment used is usually 0 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, and more preferably 10 to 40 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the black pigment. In the present invention, as for the black pigment and extender pigment, the surface of these polymers may be modified and used in some cases.

另外,除黑色顏料以外,亦可視需要包含紅色、藍色、黃色、綠色及紫色等的著色有機顏料。於併用著色有機顏料的情況下,較佳為使用相對於黑色顏料為1質量%~40質量%的紅色顏料,紅色顏料較佳為顏料紅254。 In addition, in addition to black pigments, colored organic pigments including red, blue, yellow, green, and purple may be included as needed. When a colored organic pigment is used in combination, it is preferable to use a red pigment in an amount of 1% to 40% by mass relative to a black pigment, and the red pigment is preferably pigment red 254.

<第1分散劑及第2分散劑> <First dispersant and second dispersant>

第1分散劑及第2分散劑是作為使所述黑色顏料分散的分散劑(顏料分散劑)發揮功能的化合物。第1分散劑及第2分散劑只要滿足所述SP值關係,則其種類並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,較佳為第1分散劑及第2分散劑中的任一 者為通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物,第1分散劑及第2分散劑中的另一者為包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物。再者,作為具有接枝鏈的結構單元,可較佳地列舉選自後述式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元。 The first dispersant and the second dispersant are compounds that function as a dispersant (pigment dispersant) for dispersing the black pigment. The type of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is not particularly limited as long as the SP value relationship is satisfied. In terms of a more excellent effect of the present invention, the first dispersant and the second dispersant are preferred. Any of One is a polymer compound represented by the general formula (X), and the other one of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is a polymer compound containing a structural unit having a graft chain. In addition, as the structural unit having a graft chain, one or more structural units selected from the structural units represented by the formulas (1) to (4) described below are preferably exemplified.

通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物的SP值並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,較佳為16MPa1/2以上,更佳為17MPa1/2以上,較佳為22MPa1/2以下,更佳為21MPa1/2以下,進而佳為19MPa1/2以下,特佳為小於18.5MPa1/2,最佳為小於18.0MPa1/2The SP value of the polymer compound represented by the general formula (X) is not particularly limited. In terms of the effect of the present invention, it is preferably 16 MPa 1/2 or more, more preferably 17 MPa 1/2 or more, good to 22MPa 1/2 or less, more preferably 21MPa 1/2 or less, and 19MPa 1/2 or less is good, particularly preferably less than 18.5MPa 1/2, most preferably less than 18.0MPa 1/2.

包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物的SP值並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,較佳為18MPa1/2以上,更佳為19MPa1/2以上,進而佳為19.5MPa1/2以上,特佳為20.0MPa1/2以上,較佳為24MPa1/2以下,更佳為22MPa1/2以下。 A polymer compound comprising a structural unit having a graft chain of the SP value is not particularly limited, in terms of more excellent effect of the present aspect of the invention, preferably 18MPa 1/2 or more, more preferably 19MPa 1/2 or more, In addition to good 19.5MPa 1/2 or more, particularly preferably 20.0MPa 1/2 or more, preferably 24MPa 1/2 or less, more preferably 22MPa 1/2 or less.

以下,關於通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物及包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物進行詳細敍述。 Hereinafter, the polymer compound represented by the general formula (X) and the polymer compound including a structural unit having a graft chain will be described in detail.

(通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物(以後,亦稱為高分子化合物X)) (Polymer compound represented by general formula (X) (hereinafter, also referred to as polymer compound X))

以下,對通式(X)中的各基進行詳細說明,再者,高分子化合物X所具有的所述取代基A1可與黑色顏料產生相互作用,因此高分子化合物X可藉由具有n個(1個~9個)取代基A1而與黑色顏料牢固地產生相互作用。另外,高分子化合物X所具有的m個聚合物鏈P1可作為立體排斥基發揮功能, 藉由具有m個,可發揮良好的立體排斥力而將黑色顏料均勻地分散。 Hereinafter, each group in the general formula (X) will be described in detail. In addition, the substituent A 1 in the polymer compound X can interact with a black pigment. Therefore, the polymer compound X can have n (1 to 9) substituents A 1 strongly interact with the black pigment. In addition, the m polymer chains P 1 included in the polymer compound X can function as a steric repulsive group, and by having m, a good steric repulsive force can be exhibited to uniformly disperse the black pigment.

Figure TWI675889B_D0001
Figure TWI675889B_D0001

所述通式(X)中,A1表示如酸基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子的基、酚基、烷基、芳基、具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基、醯亞胺基、烷基氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、羧酸鹽基、磺醯胺基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基、羥基及雜環基般的對黑色顏料具有吸附能力的官能基。 In the general formula (X), A 1 represents, for example, an acid group, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, a urethane group, a group having a cooperating oxygen atom, a phenol group, an alkyl group, and an aromatic group. Group, a group having an extended alkyloxy chain, amidino group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonamido group, an alkoxysilyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate Functional groups that have the ability to adsorb black pigments, such as radicals, hydroxyl groups, and heterocyclic groups.

再者,以下將該對黑色顏料具有吸附能力的部位(所述官能基)適宜地總稱為「吸附部位」而進行說明。 In addition, hereafter, the site | part (the said functional group) which has an adsorption ability with respect to a black pigment is suitably collectively called "adsorption site", and is demonstrated.

一個A1中,只要包含至少一個吸附部位即可,亦可包含兩個以上。 One A 1 may include at least one adsorption site, and may include two or more sites.

作為於一個A1中包含兩個以上的吸附部位的態樣,例如可列舉兩個以上的吸附部位經由鏈狀飽和烴基(可為直鏈狀亦可為分支狀,較佳為碳數(碳原子數)1~10)、環狀飽和烴基(較佳為碳數3~10)、或芳香族基(較佳為碳數5~10,例如伸苯基)等鍵結而形成一價取代基A1的態樣等。其中,較佳為兩個以上的吸 附部位經由鏈狀飽和烴基鍵結而形成一價取代基A1的態樣。 Examples of the state where two or more adsorption sites are included in one A 1 include, for example, two or more adsorption sites via a chain-like saturated hydrocarbon group (which may be linear or branched, and carbon number (carbon Atomic number) 1 to 10), cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group (preferably 3 to 10 carbon number), or aromatic group (preferably 5 to 10 carbon number, such as phenyl group) and other bonds to form a monovalent substitution The appearance of the radical A 1 and so on. Among them, a state in which two or more adsorption sites are bonded through a chain-like saturated hydrocarbon group to form a monovalent substituent A 1 is preferred.

再者,於吸附部位自身構成一價取代基的情況下,吸附部位其本身亦可為A1所表示的一價取代基。 When the adsorption site itself constitutes a monovalent substituent, the adsorption site itself may be a monovalent substituent represented by A 1 .

首先,以下對構成A1的吸附部位進行說明。 First, the adsorption sites constituting A 1 will be described below.

作為「酸基」,例如可列舉羧酸基、磺酸基、單硫酸酯基、磷酸基、單磷酸酯基、膦酸基、次膦酸基及硼酸基作為較佳例,更佳為羧酸基、磺酸基、單硫酸酯基、磷酸基、單磷酸酯基、膦酸基及次膦酸基,進而佳為羧酸基。 Examples of the "acid group" include a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a monosulfate group, a phosphate group, a monophosphate group, a phosphonic acid group, a phosphinic acid group, and a boric acid group. As a preferred example, a carboxylic acid group is more preferred An acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a monosulfate group, a phosphate group, a monophosphate group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphinic acid group, and more preferably a carboxylic acid group.

作為「脲基」,例如可列舉-NR15CONR16R17(此處,R15、R16及R17分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1至20的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基)作為較佳例,更佳為-NR15CONHR17(此處,R15及R17分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1至10的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基),進而佳為-NHCONHR17(此處,R17表示氫原子、碳數1至10的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基)。 Examples of the "urea group" include -NR 15 CONR 16 R 17 (here, R 15 , R 16, and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic group having 6 or more carbon atoms. Group or aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms) as a preferred example, more preferably -NR 15 CONHR 17 (here, R 15 and R 17 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and carbon Aryl having 6 or more or aralkyl having 7 or more carbons), and further preferably -NHCONHR 17 (here, R 17 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons, an aryl group having 6 or more carbons or Aralkyl with 7 or more carbon atoms).

作為「胺基甲酸酯基」,例如可列舉-NHCOOR18、-NR19COOR20、-OCONHR21及-OCONR22R23(此處,R18、R19、R20、R21、R22及R23分別獨立地表示碳數1至20的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基)等作為較佳例,更佳為-NHCOOR18及-OCONHR21(此處,R18、R21分別獨立地表示碳數1至20的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基、碳數7以上的芳烷基)等,進而佳為-NHCOOR18及-OCONHR21(此處,R18、R21分別獨立地表示碳數 1至10的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基)等。 Examples of the "urethane group" include -NHCOOR 18 , -NR 19 COOR 20 , -OCONHR 21, and -OCONR 22 R 23 (here, R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 21 , R 22 And R 23 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms) and the like are preferred examples, and more preferably -NHCOOR 18 and -OCONHR 21 ( Here, R 18 and R 21 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms, and the like, and more preferably -NHCOOR 18 and -OCONHR 21 (Here, R 18 and R 21 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms) and the like.

作為「具有配位性氧原子的基」,例如可列舉乙醯丙酮基及冠醚等。 Examples of the "group having a coordinating oxygen atom" include an acetoacetone group and a crown ether.

作為「具有鹼性氮原子的基」,例如可列舉胺基(-NH2)、經取代的亞胺基(-NHR8、-NR9R10,此處R8、R9及R10分別獨立地表示碳數1至20的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基)、下述式(a1)所表示的胍基、及下述式(a2)所表示的脒基等作為較佳例。 Examples of the "group having a basic nitrogen atom" include an amine group (-NH 2 ) and a substituted imine group (-NHR 8 , -NR 9 R 10 , where R 8 , R 9, and R 10 are respectively Independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms), a guanidino group represented by the following formula (a1), and a group represented by the following formula (a2) The fluorenyl group and the like are shown as preferred examples.

Figure TWI675889B_D0002
Figure TWI675889B_D0002

式(a1)中,R11及R12分別獨立地表示碳數1至20的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基。 In formula (a1), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms.

式(a2)中,R13及R14分別獨立地表示碳數1至20的烷基、碳數6以上的芳基或碳數7以上的芳烷基。 In the formula (a2), R 13 and R 14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 or more carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms.

該些中,更佳為胺基(-NH2)、經取代的亞胺基(-NHR8、-NR9R10,此處R8、R9及R10分別獨立地表示碳數1至10的烷基、苯基或苄基)、式(a1)所表示的胍基[式(a1)中,R11及R12分別獨立地表示碳數1至10的烷基、苯基或苄基]、及式(a2)所表 示的脒基[式(a2)中,R13及R14分別獨立地表示碳數1至10的烷基、苯基或苄基]等。 Among these, an amino group (-NH 2 ) and a substituted imine group (-NHR 8 , -NR 9 R 10 ) are more preferable, and R 8 , R 9, and R 10 each independently represent a carbon number of 1 to 10 alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl), and a guanidino group represented by formula (a1) [In formula (a1), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons, phenyl, or benzyl Group], and a fluorenyl group represented by formula (a2) [in formula (a2), R 13 and R 14 each independently represent an alkyl group, phenyl group, or benzyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms] and the like.

可特佳地使用胺基(-NH2)、經取代的亞胺基(-NHR8、-NR9R10,此處R8、R9及R10分別獨立地表示碳數1至5的烷基、苯基或苄基)、式(a1)所表示的胍基[式(a1)中,R11及R12分別獨立地表示碳數1至5的烷基、苯基或苄基]、及式(a2)所表示的脒基[式(a2)中,R13及R14分別獨立地表示碳數1至5的烷基、苯基或苄基]等。 Particularly preferably, an amine group (-NH 2 ) and a substituted imine group (-NHR 8 , -NR 9 R 10) are used , where R 8 , R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a carbon number of 1 to 5 (Alkyl, phenyl, or benzyl), and a guanidino group represented by formula (a1) [in formula (a1), R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, phenyl group, or benzyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms] And a fluorenyl group represented by the formula (a2) [In the formula (a2), R 13 and R 14 each independently represent an alkyl group, a phenyl group, or a benzyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms] and the like.

作為「烷基」,可為直鏈狀,亦可為分支狀。另外,較佳為碳數1~40的烷基,更佳為碳數4~30的烷基,進而佳為碳數10~18的烷基。 The "alkyl" may be linear or branched. In addition, an alkyl group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms is preferred, an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms is more preferred.

作為「芳基」,較佳為碳數6~10的芳基。 The "aryl group" is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.

作為「具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基」,較佳為末端形成有烷基氧基或羥基,更佳為形成有碳數1~20的烷基氧基。另外,作為伸烷基氧基鏈,只要具有至少一個伸烷基氧基,則並無特別限制,較佳為包含碳數1~6的伸烷基氧基。作為伸烷基氧基,例如可列舉-CH2CH2O-及-CH2CH2CH2O-等。 As the "group having an alkyleneoxy chain", an alkyloxy group or a hydroxyl group is preferably formed at the terminal, and an alkyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferably formed. In addition, the alkyleneoxy chain is not particularly limited as long as it has at least one alkyleneoxy group, and preferably contains an alkyleneoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyleneoxy group include -CH 2 CH 2 O- and -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-.

作為「烷基氧基羰基」中的烷基部分,較佳為碳數1至20的烷基。 As the alkyl portion in the "alkyloxycarbonyl group", an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred.

作為「烷基胺基羰基」中的烷基部分,較佳為碳數1至20的烷基。 As the alkyl portion in the "alkylaminocarbonyl group", an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred.

作為「羧酸鹽基」,可列舉包含羧酸的銨鹽的基等。 Examples of the "carboxylate group" include a group containing an ammonium salt of a carboxylic acid.

作為「磺醯胺基」,鍵結於氮原子的氫原子亦可經烷基(甲基等)及醯基(乙醯基、三氟乙醯基等)等取代。 As the "sulfonamido group", a hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom may be substituted with an alkyl group (such as a methyl group), a fluorenyl group (such as an ethylfluorenyl group, a trifluoroethylfluorenyl group, or the like).

作為「雜環基」,例如可列舉:噻吩基、呋喃基、呫噸基、吡咯基、吡咯啉基、吡咯啶基、二氧雜環戊烷基、吡唑基、吡唑啉基、吡唑啶基、咪唑基、噁唑基、噻唑基、噁二唑基、三唑基、噻二唑基、吡喃基、吡啶基、哌啶基、二噁烷基、嗎啉基、噠嗪基、嘧啶基、哌嗪基、三嗪基、三噻烷基、異吲哚啉基、異吲哚啉酮基、苯并咪唑酮基、苯并噻唑基、乙內醯脲基、吲哚基、喹啉基、咔唑基、吖啶基、吖啶酮基及蒽醌基。 Examples of the "heterocyclic group" include thienyl, furyl, xanthenyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, and pyridine Oxazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, piperidyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, pyridazine Base, pyrimidinyl, piperazinyl, triazinyl, trithiaalkyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolinone, benzimidazolone, benzothiazolyl, hydantoinyl, indole Group, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl, acridinone and anthraquinone.

作為「醯亞胺基」,可列舉琥珀醯亞胺基、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基及萘二甲醯亞胺基等醯亞胺基。 Examples of the "fluorenimine group" include sulfonimine groups such as a succinimide group, a phthalimide group, and a naphthalenedimethylimide group.

再者,「雜環基」及「醯亞胺基」亦可進而具有取代基,作為取代基,例如可列舉:碳數1至20的烷基,碳數6至16的芳基,羥基,胺基,羧酸基,磺醯胺基,N-磺醯基醯胺基,乙醯氧基等碳數1至6的醯基氧基,甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1至20的烷氧基,鹵素原子,甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2至7的烷氧基羰基,氰基及第三丁基碳酸酯基等碳酸酯基等。 Furthermore, the "heterocyclic group" and "fluorenimine" may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and a hydroxyl group. Amino, carboxylic, sulfoamido, N-sulfoamido, and ethoxyl 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as fluorenyloxy, methoxy, ethoxy and other carbon numbers 1 to 20 Alkoxy, halogen atom, alkoxycarbonyl having 2 to 7 carbon atoms such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, carbonate groups such as cyano and tert-butyl carbonate, etc. .

作為「烷氧基矽烷基」,可為單烷氧基矽烷基、二烷氧基矽烷基及三烷氧基矽烷基的任一種,較佳為三烷氧基矽烷基,例如可列舉三甲氧基矽烷基及三乙氧基矽烷基等。 The "alkoxysilyl group" may be any of a monoalkoxysilyl group, a dialkoxysilyl group, and a trialkoxysilyl group, and is preferably a trialkoxysilyl group, and examples thereof include trimethoxy Silyl and triethoxy silyl.

作為「環氧基」,可列舉經取代或未經取代的氧雜環丙基(環 氧乙烷基)。 As the "epoxy group", a substituted or unsubstituted oxepropyl group (cyclic Oxyethane).

特別是A1較佳為具有至少一種pKa為5以上的官能基的一價取代基,更佳為具有至少一種pKa為5~14的官能基的一價取代基。 In particular, A 1 is preferably a monovalent substituent having at least one functional group having a pKa of 5 or more, and more preferably a monovalent substituent having at least one functional group having a pKa of 5 to 14.

此處所述的「pKa」是指「化學便覽(II)」(修訂4版、1993年、日本化學會編、丸善股份有限公司)中所記載的定義。 The "pKa" mentioned here refers to the definition described in "Chemical Fact Sheet (II)" (Revised 4th Edition, 1993, edited by the Japan Chemical Society, Maruzen Co., Ltd.).

作為所述pKa為5以上的官能基,可列舉:具有配位性氧原子的基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、酚基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、烷基、芳基、烷基氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基、醯亞胺基、羧酸鹽基、磺醯胺基、羥基及雜環基等。 Examples of the functional group having a pKa of 5 or more include a group having a cooperating oxygen atom, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a phenol group, a urea group, a urethane group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, An alkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, a group having an alkyleneoxy chain, a fluorenimine group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonamido group, a hydroxyl group, and a heterocyclic group.

作為pKa為5以上的官能基,具體而言例如可列舉:酚基(pKa為8~10左右)、烷基(pKa為46~53左右)、芳基(pKa為40~43左右)、脲基(pKa為12~14左右)、胺基甲酸酯基(pKa為11~13左右)、作為配位性氧原子的-COCH2CO-(pKa為8~10左右)、磺醯胺基(pKa為9~11左右)、羥基(pKa為15~17左右)及雜環基(pKa為12~30左右)等。 Specific examples of the functional group having a pKa of 5 or more include a phenol group (pKa is about 8 to 10), an alkyl group (pKa is about 46 to 53), an aryl group (pKa is about 40 to 43), and urea. Group (pKa is about 12 to 14), carbamate group (pKa is about 11 to 13), -COCH 2 CO- (coordinating pKa is about 8 to 10) as a cooperating oxygen atom, sulfonamide group (pKa is about 9 to 11), hydroxyl (pKa is about 15 to 17), heterocyclic group (pKa is about 12 to 30), and the like.

所述中,A1較佳為具有至少一種選自由酸基、酚基、烷基、芳基、具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基、羥基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、磺醯胺基、醯亞胺基及具有配位性氧原子的基所組成的群組中的基的一價取代基。 In the above, A 1 preferably has at least one selected from the group consisting of an acid group, a phenol group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a group having an alkyleneoxy chain, a hydroxyl group, a urea group, a urethane group, and a sulfonium group. A monovalent substituent of a group in a group consisting of an amine group, a fluorenimine group, and a group having a cooperating oxygen atom.

通式(X)中,R2表示單鍵或二價連結基。n個R2可相同亦可不同。 In the general formula (X), R 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The n R 2 may be the same or different.

作為R2所表示的二價連結基,包含由1個至100個碳原子、0個至10個氮原子、0個至50個氧原子、1個至200個氫原子及0個至20個硫原子構成的基,可未經取代亦可進而具有取代基。 The divalent linking group represented by R 2 includes 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 atoms. The group consisting of a sulfur atom may be unsubstituted or may further have a substituent.

作為R2,較佳為單鍵、或由1個至10個碳原子、0個至5個氮原子、0個至10個氧原子、1個至30個氫原子及0個至5個硫原子構成的二價連結基。 As R 2 , a single bond or a group consisting of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, 0 to 5 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 10 oxygen atoms, 1 to 30 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 5 sulfur is preferable. A bivalent linking group of atoms.

R2更佳為選自由鏈狀飽和烴基(可為直鏈狀亦可為分支狀,較佳為碳數1~20)、環狀飽和烴基(較佳為碳數3~20)、芳香族基(較佳為碳數5~20,例如伸苯基)、硫醚鍵、酯鍵、醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氮原子及羰基所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基,進而佳為選自由鏈狀飽和烴基、環狀飽和烴基、芳香族基、硫醚鍵、酯鍵、醚鍵及醯胺鍵所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基,特佳為選自由鏈狀飽和烴基、硫醚鍵、酯鍵、醚鍵及醯胺鍵所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基。 R 2 is more preferably selected from a chain saturated hydrocarbon group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20), a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group (which is preferably a carbon number of 3 to 20), an aromatic A group (preferably 5 to 20 carbons, such as phenylene), a thioether bond, an ester bond, an amine bond, an ether bond, a nitrogen atom, and a carbonyl group, or a combination of these two More than one group combined, and further preferably a group selected from the group consisting of a chain saturated hydrocarbon group, a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic group, a thioether bond, an ester bond, an ether bond, and a amide bond, Or a group formed by combining two or more of these, particularly preferably a group selected from the group consisting of a chain saturated hydrocarbon group, a thioether bond, an ester bond, an ether bond, and a amide bond, or A combination of two or more of these.

所述中,於R2所表示的二價連結基具有取代基的情況下,作為取代基,例如可列舉:碳數1至20的烷基,碳數6至16的芳基,羥基,胺基,羧酸基,磺醯胺基,N-磺醯基醯胺基,乙醯氧基等碳數1至6的醯基氧基,甲氧基、乙氧基等碳數1至6的烷氧基,氯、溴等鹵素原子,甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基等碳數2至7的烷氧基羰基,氰基及第三丁基碳酸酯基等碳酸酯基等。 In the above description, when the divalent linking group represented by R 2 has a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, and an amine. , Carboxylic acid group, sulfonylamino group, N-sulfonylfluorenylamino group, fluorenyloxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as ethoxyl, methoxyl, ethoxy group, etc. having 1 to 6 carbon atoms Halogen atoms such as alkoxy, chlorine, and bromine; alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, and cyclohexyloxycarbonyl; carbonic acids such as cyano and third butyl carbonate; Ester groups, etc.

通式(X)中,R1表示(m+n)價的連結基。m+n滿足3~10。 In the general formula (X), R 1 represents a (m + n) -valent linking group. m + n satisfies 3 ~ 10.

作為R1所表示的(m+n)價的連結基,包含由1個至100個碳原子、0個至10個氮原子、0個至50個氧原子、1個至200個氫原子及0個至20個硫原子構成的基,可未經取代亦可進而具有取代基。 The (m + n) -valent linking group represented by R 1 includes 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and The group consisting of 0 to 20 sulfur atoms may be unsubstituted or may further have a substituent.

R1所表示的(m+n)價的連結基較佳為下述通式的任一者所表示的基。 The (m + n) -valent linking group represented by R 1 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following general formulas.

Figure TWI675889B_D0003
Figure TWI675889B_D0003

所述通式中,L3表示三價的基。T3表示單鍵或二價連結基,存在三個的T3彼此可相同亦可不同。 In the general formula, L 3 represents a trivalent group. T 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and T 3 in which there are three may be the same as or different from each other.

L4表示四價的基。T4表示單鍵或二價連結基,存在四個的T4彼此可相同亦可不同。 L 4 represents a tetravalent basis. T 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and four T 4 in existence may be the same as or different from each other.

L5表示五價的基。T5表示單鍵或二價連結基,存在五個的T5彼此可相同亦可不同。 L 5 represents a pentavalent basis. T 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and there are five T 5 which may be the same as or different from each other.

L6表示六價的基。T6表示單鍵或二價連結基,存在六個的T6 彼此可相同亦可不同。 L 6 represents a hexavalent basis. T 6 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and T 6 in which there are six may be the same as or different from each other.

以下示出R1所表示的(m+n)價的連結基的具體例[具體例(1)~具體例(17)]。其中,本發明並不受該些具體例的限制。 Specific examples of the (m + n) -valent linking group represented by R 1 [specific examples (1) to (17)] are shown below. However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

Figure TWI675889B_D0004
Figure TWI675889B_D0004

Figure TWI675889B_D0005
Figure TWI675889B_D0005

所述具體例中,就原料的獲得性、合成的容易性、於各種溶劑中的溶解性的觀點而言,最佳的(m+n)價的連結基為下述 (1)、(2)、(10)、(11)、(16)、(17)的基。 In the specific examples, from the viewpoints of availability of raw materials, ease of synthesis, and solubility in various solvents, the best (m + n) -valent linking group is as follows (1), (2), (10), (11), (16), (17).

Figure TWI675889B_D0006
Figure TWI675889B_D0006

通式(X)中,m表示8以下的正數。m較佳為0.5~5,更佳為1~4,特佳為1~3。 In the general formula (X), m represents a positive number of 8 or less. m is preferably 0.5 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.

另外,通式(X)中,n表示1~9。n較佳為2~8,更佳為2~7,特佳為3~6。 In the general formula (X), n represents 1 to 9. n is preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 2 to 7, and particularly preferably 3 to 6.

通式(X)中,P1表示聚合物鏈,可根據目的等而自公知的聚合物等中選擇。m個P1可相同,亦可不同。 In the general formula (X), P 1 represents a polymer chain, and can be selected from known polymers and the like according to the purpose and the like. The m P 1 may be the same or different.

聚合物中,為了構成聚合物鏈,較佳為選自由乙烯基單體的聚合物或共聚物、酯系聚合物、醚系聚合物、胺基甲酸酯系聚合物、醯胺系聚合物、環氧系聚合物、矽酮系聚合物、及該些的改質物、或共聚物[例如,包含聚醚/聚胺基甲酸酯共聚物、聚醚/乙烯基單體的聚合物的共聚物等(可為無規共聚物、嵌段共聚物、接枝共聚物的任一種)]所組成的群組中的至少一種,更佳為選自由乙烯基單體的聚合物或共聚物、酯系聚合物、醚系聚合物、胺 基甲酸酯系聚合物、及該些的改質物或共聚物所組成的群組中的至少一種,特佳為乙烯基單體的聚合物或共聚物。 Among polymers, in order to constitute a polymer chain, it is preferably selected from polymers or copolymers of vinyl monomers, ester polymers, ether polymers, urethane polymers, and amidine polymers. , Epoxy-based polymer, silicone-based polymer, and these modifications, or copolymers [for example, polymers containing polyether / polyurethane copolymers, polyether / vinyl monomers At least one of the group consisting of a copolymer, etc. (which may be any of a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and a graft copolymer)], more preferably a polymer or copolymer selected from a vinyl monomer , Ester polymer, ether polymer, amine At least one of the group consisting of a urethane-based polymer and these modifiers or copolymers is particularly preferably a polymer or copolymer of a vinyl monomer.

作為聚合物鏈P1可具有的乙烯基單體的聚合物或共聚物、酯系聚合物、醚系聚合物,分別較佳為具有下述通式(L)、通式(M)、通式(N)所表示的結構。 The polymer or copolymer, the ester-based polymer, and the ether-based polymer which are vinyl monomers that the polymer chain P 1 may have, respectively, preferably have the following general formula (L), general formula (M), and general polymer. The structure represented by Formula (N).

Figure TWI675889B_D0007
Figure TWI675889B_D0007

所述通式中,X1表示氫原子或一價有機基。就合成方面的制約的觀點而言,較佳為氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基,更佳為氫原子或甲基,進而佳為甲基。 In the general formula, X 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. From a viewpoint of synthesis restriction, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group is more preferable.

R10表示氫原子或一價有機基,於結構方面並無特別限定,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜芳基,進而佳為氫原子或烷基。於R10為烷基的情況下,作為烷基,較佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~20的分支狀烷基、或碳數5~20的環狀烷基,更佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基,進而佳為碳數1~6的直鏈狀烷基。通式(L)中亦可具有兩種以上的結構不同的R10R 10 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and is not particularly limited in terms of structure, and is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 10 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. The group is more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The general formula (L) may have two or more kinds of R 10 having different structures.

R11及R12表示分支或直鏈的伸烷基(碳數較佳為1~10,更 佳為2~8,進而佳為3~6)。各通式中亦可具有兩種以上的結構不同的R11或R12R 11 and R 12 represent branched or straight chain alkylene (carbon number is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 2 to 8, and even more preferably 3 to 6). Each formula may have two or more kinds of R 11 or R 12 having different structures.

k1、k2及k3分別獨立地表示5~140的數。 k1, k2, and k3 each independently represent a number from 5 to 140.

聚合物鏈P1較佳為含有至少一種重複單元。 The polymer chain P 1 preferably contains at least one repeating unit.

就發揮立體排斥力而提高分散穩定性的觀點而言,聚合物鏈P1中的至少一種重複單元的重複單元數k較佳為5以上,更佳為7以上。 From the viewpoint of exerting a steric repulsive force to improve dispersion stability, the number of repeating units k of at least one repeating unit in the polymer chain P 1 is preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 7 or more.

另外,就達成抑制高分子化合物X的體積增大而使黑色顏料稠密地存在於遮光膜中的觀點而言,至少一種重複單元的重複單元數k較佳為140以下,更佳為130以下,進而佳為60以下。 In addition, from the viewpoint of suppressing an increase in the volume of the polymer compound X and allowing a black pigment to densely exist in the light-shielding film, the number of repeating units k of the at least one repeating unit is preferably 140 or less, more preferably 130 or less, It is more preferably 60 or less.

再者,聚合物較佳為可溶於有機溶劑。若與有機溶劑的親和性高,則與分散介質的親和性變強,從而容易確保分散穩定化充分的層。 The polymer is preferably soluble in an organic solvent. When the affinity with an organic solvent is high, the affinity with a dispersion medium becomes strong, and it becomes easy to ensure a layer with sufficient dispersion stabilization.

作為所述乙烯基單體,並無特別限制,例如較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、丁烯酸酯類、乙烯基酯類、具有酸基的乙烯基單體、馬來酸二酯類、富馬酸二酯類、衣康酸二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、苯乙烯類、乙烯基醚類、乙烯基酮類、烯烴類、馬來醯亞胺類、及(甲基)丙烯腈等,更佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、丁烯酸酯類、乙烯基酯類、及具有酸基的乙烯基單體,進而佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、及丁烯酸酯類。 The vinyl monomer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include (meth) acrylates, butyrates, vinyl esters, vinyl monomers having acid groups, and maleic acid diesters. Type, fumaric acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (meth) acrylamide, styrenes, vinyl ethers, vinyl ketones, olefins, maleimides, and (Meth) acrylonitrile and the like are more preferably (meth) acrylates, butyrates, vinyl esters, and vinyl monomers having an acid group, and still more preferably (meth) acrylate , And butenoates.

作為該些乙烯基單體的較佳例,可列舉日本專利特開2007-277514號公報的段落0089~段落0094、段落0096及段落 0097(對應的美國專利申請公開第2010/233595號說明書中的段落0105~段落0117、及段落0119~段落0120)中記載的乙烯基單體,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 As preferred examples of these vinyl monomers, paragraphs 0089 to 0094, paragraph 0096, and paragraphs of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-277514 can be cited. The vinyl monomers described in 0097 (paragraph 0105 to paragraph 0117 and paragraph 0119 to paragraph 0120 in the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/233595) are incorporated into the specification of the present application.

除所述化合物以外,例如亦可使用具有胺基甲酸酯基、脲基、磺醯胺基、酚基、及醯亞胺基等官能基的乙烯基單體。作為此種具有胺基甲酸酯基、或脲基的單量體,例如可利用異氰酸基與羥基、或者異氰酸基與胺基的加成反應而適宜地合成。具體而言,可藉由含異氰酸基的單體與含有一個羥基的化合物或含有一個一級胺基或二級胺基的化合物的加成反應、或者含羥基的單體或含一級胺基或二級胺基的單體與單異氰酸酯的加成反應等而適宜地合成。 In addition to the compound, for example, a vinyl monomer having a functional group such as a urethane group, a urea group, a sulfonamido group, a phenol group, and a fluorenimine group can be used. Such a single body having a urethane group or a urea group can be suitably synthesized by, for example, an addition reaction of an isocyanate group and a hydroxyl group, or an isocyanate group and an amine group. Specifically, the addition reaction of an isocyanate-containing monomer with a compound containing one hydroxyl group or a compound containing one primary or secondary amine group, or a monomer containing a hydroxyl group or a primary amine group can be performed. Or it can synthesize | combine suitably by addition reaction of the monomer of a secondary amine group, and a monoisocyanate.

通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物中,較佳為下述通式(Y)所表示的高分子化合物。 Among the polymer compounds represented by the general formula (X), polymer compounds represented by the following general formula (Y) are preferred.

Figure TWI675889B_D0008
Figure TWI675889B_D0008

通式(Y)中,A2與通式(X)中的A1為相同含義,較佳態樣亦相同。 In the general formula (Y), A 2 has the same meaning as A 1 in the general formula (X), and preferred embodiments are also the same.

通式(Y)中,R4及R5分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基。n個R4可相同,亦可不同。另外,m個R5可相同,亦可不同。 In the general formula (Y), R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. The n R 4 may be the same or different. The m R 5 may be the same or different.

作為R4及R5所表示的二價連結基,可使用與作為通式(X)的R2所表示的二價連結基而列舉的連結基相同的連結基,較佳態樣亦相同。 As the divalent linking group represented by R 4 and R 5 , the same linking groups as those listed as the divalent linking group represented by R 2 of the general formula (X) can be used, and preferred embodiments are also the same.

其中,作為R4及R5所表示的二價連結基,較佳為選自由鏈狀飽和烴基(可為直鏈狀亦可為分支狀,較佳為碳數1~20)、環狀飽和烴基(較佳為碳數3~20)、芳香族基(較佳為碳數5~20,例如伸苯基)、酯鍵、醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氮原子及羰基所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基,更佳為選自由鏈狀飽和烴基、環狀飽和烴基、芳香族基、酯鍵、醚鍵及醯胺鍵所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基,進而佳為選自由鏈狀飽和烴基、酯鍵、醚鍵及醯胺鍵所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基。 Among them, the divalent linking group represented by R 4 and R 5 is preferably selected from a chain saturated hydrocarbon group (which may be linear or branched, and preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 20), and cyclic saturation. A group consisting of a hydrocarbon group (preferably 3 to 20 carbons), an aromatic group (preferably 5 to 20 carbons, such as phenylene), an ester bond, an amido bond, an ether bond, a nitrogen atom, and a carbonyl group Or a combination of two or more of these is preferably selected from the group consisting of a chain saturated hydrocarbon group, a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic group, an ester bond, an ether bond, and an amidine bond. A group in a group, or a combination of two or more of these groups, further preferably a group selected from the group consisting of a chain saturated hydrocarbon group, an ester bond, an ether bond, and a amide bond, or A base obtained by combining two or more of these.

通式(Y)中,R3表示的(m+n)價的連結基。m+n滿足3~10。 (M + n) -valent linking group represented by R 3 in the general formula (Y). m + n satisfies 3 ~ 10.

作為R3所表示的(m+n)價的連結基,可未經取代亦可進而具有取代基,可使用與作為通式(X)的R1所表示的(m+n)價的連結基而列舉的連結基相同的連結基,較佳態樣亦相同。 The (m + n) -valent linking group represented by R 3 may be unsubstituted or may further have a substituent, and a link to the (m + n) -valent link represented by R 1 as the general formula (X) may be used. The same linking group as the linking group enumerated, and the preferred aspect is also the same.

通式(Y)中,m及n分別與通式(X)中的m及n為相同含義,較佳態樣亦相同。 In the general formula (Y), m and n have the same meanings as m and n in the general formula (X), respectively, and preferred embodiments are also the same.

另外,通式(Y)中的P2與通式(X)中的P1為相同含義,較佳態樣亦相同。m個P2可相同,亦可不同。 In addition, P 2 in the general formula (Y) has the same meaning as P 1 in the general formula (X), and preferred embodiments are also the same. The m P 2 may be the same or different.

通式(Y)所表示的高分子化合物中,最佳為滿足以下所 示的R3、R4、R5、P2、m及n的全部者。 Among the polymer compounds represented by the general formula (Y), it is most preferable to satisfy all of R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , P 2 , m, and n shown below.

R3:所述具體例(1)、具體例(2)、具體例(10)、具體例(11)、具體例(16)或具體例(17) R 3 : the specific example (1), specific example (2), specific example (10), specific example (11), specific example (16) or specific example (17)

R4:單鍵、或選自由鏈狀飽和烴基、環狀飽和烴基、芳香族基、酯鍵、醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氮原子及羰基所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基 R 4 : a single bond or a group selected from the group consisting of a chain saturated hydrocarbon group, a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic group, an ester bond, a amide bond, an ether bond, a nitrogen atom, and a carbonyl group, or A combination of two or more

R5:單鍵、伸乙基、伸丙基、下述基(a)或下述基(b) R 5 : single bond, ethylidene, propylidene, the following group (a) or the following group (b)

再者,下述基中,R12表示氫原子或甲基,l表示1或2。 In the following groups, R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and l represents 1 or 2.

Figure TWI675889B_D0009
Figure TWI675889B_D0009

P2:乙烯基單體的聚合物或共聚物、酯系聚合物、醚系聚合物、胺基甲酸酯系聚合物及該些的改質物 P 2 : polymer or copolymer of vinyl monomer, ester polymer, ether polymer, urethane polymer, and modified products thereof

m:1~3 m: 1 ~ 3

n:3~6 n: 3 ~ 6

通式(X)及通式(Y)所表示的高分子化合物中,就分散穩定性及塗佈面狀等觀點而言,更佳為下述通式(Z)所表示的 高分子化合物。 Among the polymer compounds represented by the general formula (X) and the general formula (Y), from the viewpoints of dispersion stability and coating surface, it is more preferable that they are represented by the following general formula (Z) Polymer compounds.

Figure TWI675889B_D0010
Figure TWI675889B_D0010

所述通式(Z)中,R6表示(m+n1+n2)價的連結基,R7~R9分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基。 In the general formula (Z), R 6 represents a (m + n1 + n2) -valent linking group, and R 7 to R 9 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group.

A3表示具有至少一種酸基的一價取代基。A4表示與A3不同的一價取代基。n1個A3及R7分別可相同,亦可不同。n2個A4及R8分別可相同,亦可不同。 A 3 represents a monovalent substituent having at least one acid group. A 4 represents a monovalent substituent different from A 3 . n1 A 3 and R 7 may be the same or different. The n2 A 4 and R 8 may be the same or different.

m與通式(X)中的m為相同含義,較佳態樣亦相同。 m has the same meaning as m in the general formula (X), and preferred embodiments are also the same.

n1表示1~8,n2表示1~8,m+n1+n2滿足3~10。 n1 means 1 ~ 8, n2 means 1 ~ 8, m + n1 + n2 satisfies 3 ~ 10.

P3與通式(Y)中的P2為相同含義,較佳態樣亦相同。m個P3及R9分別可相同,亦可不同。 P 3 has the same meaning as P 2 in the general formula (Y), and preferred embodiments are also the same. The m P 3 and R 9 may be the same or different.

作為與R6相關的(m+n1+n2)價的連結基,可使用與作為通式(X)的R1或通式(Y)的R3所表示的(m+n)價的連結基而列舉的連結基相同的連結基,較佳態樣亦相同。 As the linking group of (m + n1 + n2) valence related to R 6 , a linking of (m + n) valence represented by R 1 as general formula (X) or R 3 as general formula (Y) can be used. The same linking group as the linking group enumerated, and the preferred aspect is also the same.

作為與R7~R9相關的二價連結基,可使用與作為通式(Y)的R4、R5所表示的二價連結基而列舉的連結基相同的連結基,較 佳態樣亦相同。 As the divalent linking group related to R 7 to R 9 , the same linking groups as those listed as the divalent linking groups represented by R 4 and R 5 in the general formula (Y) can be used. The same.

作為所述取代基A3可具有的酸基的具體例、較佳例,可列舉與通式(X)中的關於酸基所述的具體例、較佳例相同者。 Specific examples and preferable examples of the acid group that the substituent A 3 may have include the same as the specific examples and preferable examples described for the acid group in the general formula (X).

所述取代基A3進而佳為具有至少一種pKa小於5的酸基的一價取代基,更佳為具有至少一種選自由磺酸基、羧酸基、磷酸基、膦酸基及次膦酸基所組成的群組中的基的一價取代基,進而佳為羧酸基。 The substituent A 3 is further preferably a monovalent substituent having at least one acid group having a pKa of less than 5, and more preferably at least one member selected from the group consisting of a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, a phosphate group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphinic acid. The monovalent substituent of the group in the group consisting of groups is more preferably a carboxylic acid group.

作為與A3不同的一價取代基A4的具體例、較佳例,可列舉與通式(X)中的關於A1所述的具體例、較佳例中的酸基以外的基相同者。其中,所述取代基A4更佳為具有至少一種pKa為5以上的官能基的一價取代基,進而佳為具有至少一種選自由具有配位性氧原子的基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、酚基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、烷基、芳基、烷基氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基、醯亞胺基、羧酸鹽基、磺醯胺基、羥基及雜環基所組成的群組中的基的一價取代基,特佳為烷基、芳基、具有配位性氧原子的基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、脲基或胺基甲酸酯基。 Specific examples and preferred examples of the monovalent substituent A 4 different from A 3 include the same groups as the specific examples and preferred examples of A 1 in the general formula (X) except for the acid group. By. Among them, the substituent A 4 is more preferably a monovalent substituent having at least one functional group having a pKa of 5 or more, and further preferably having at least one selected from a group having a cooperating oxygen atom and a basic nitrogen atom. Group, phenol group, ureido group, carbamate group, alkyl group, aryl group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, group having extended alkyloxy chain, fluorenimine group, carboxylic acid A monovalent substituent of a group in a group consisting of a salt group, a sulfonamide group, a hydroxyl group, and a heterocyclic group. Particularly preferred are an alkyl group, an aryl group, a group having a cooperating oxygen atom, and a basic nitrogen atom. Group, urea group or urethane group.

作為取代基A3與取代基A4的組合,較佳為取代基A3為具有至少一種pKa小於5的官能基的一價取代基,且取代基A4為具有至少一種pKa為5以上的官能基的一價取代基。 As a combination of the substituent A 3 and the substituent A 4 , the substituent A 3 is preferably a monovalent substituent having at least one functional group having a pKa of less than 5 and the substituent A 4 is at least one having a pKa of 5 or more. A monovalent substituent of a functional group.

更佳為取代基A3為具有至少一種選自由羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基、膦酸基及次膦酸基所組成的群組中的基的一價取代基,且取代基A4為具有至少一種選自由具有配位性氧原子的基、具有鹼 性氮原子的基、酚基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、烷基、芳基、烷基氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基、醯亞胺基、羧酸鹽基、磺醯胺基、羥基及雜環基所組成的群組中的基的一價取代基。 More preferably, the substituent A 3 is a monovalent substituent having at least one group selected from the group consisting of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphate group, a phosphonic acid group, and a phosphinic acid group, and the substituent A 4 is at least one selected from the group consisting of a coordinating oxygen atom, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a phenol group, a urea group, a urethane group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and an alkane group. A monovalent substituent of a group in the group consisting of an aminoaminocarbonyl group, a group having an alkyleneoxy chain, an amidino group, a carboxylate group, a sulfonamido group, a hydroxyl group, and a heterocyclic group.

進而佳為取代基A3為具有羧酸基的一價取代基,且取代基A4為烷基、芳基、具有配位性氧原子的基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、脲基或胺基甲酸酯基。 Further preferably, the substituent A 3 is a monovalent substituent having a carboxylic acid group, and the substituent A 4 is an alkyl group, an aryl group, a group having a cooperating oxygen atom, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, a urea group, or Carbamate.

就黑色顏料與取代基A3的烷基的吸附良好的觀點而言,特佳為取代基A3為羧酸基且取代基A4為烷基。 From the viewpoint that the black pigment and the alkyl group of the substituent A 3 are well adsorbed, the substituent A 3 is particularly preferably a carboxylic acid group and the substituent A 4 is an alkyl group.

以重量平均分子量計,高分子化合物X的分子量較佳為20000以下,更佳為1000~15000,進而佳為3000~12000。若重量平均分子量處於範圍內,則可充分發揮導入至聚合物的末端的多個吸附部位的效果,從而發揮對黑色顏料表面的吸附性優異的性能。 In terms of weight average molecular weight, the molecular weight of the polymer compound X is preferably 20,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 15,000, and even more preferably 3000 to 12,000. When the weight average molecular weight is within the range, the effect of the plurality of adsorption sites introduced to the ends of the polymer can be fully exerted, and the performance excellent in the adsorptivity to the surface of the black pigment can be exhibited.

作為重量平均分子量的測定方法,可藉由使用HLC-8129(東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造),使用TSKgel Multipore HXL-M(東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造)作為管柱,且使用四氫呋喃(Tetrahydrofuran,THF)作為溶離液而求出。 As a method for measuring the weight-average molecular weight, HLC-8129 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) can be used, and TSKgel Multipore HXL-M (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) can be used as a column, and Tetrahydrofuran (THF) was obtained as an eluent.

高分子化合物X的酸價較佳為0mgKOH/g以上且160mgKOH/g以下的範圍,更佳為10mgKOH/g以上且140mgKOH/g以下的範圍,進而佳為20mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下的範圍。 The acid value of the polymer compound X is preferably in a range of 0 mgKOH / g or more and 160 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably in a range of 10 mgKOH / g or more and 140 mgKOH / g or less, and further preferably in a range of 20 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less range.

通式(X)或通式(Y)所表示的高分子化合物並無特別 限制,可依照日本專利特開2007-277514號公報的段落0114~段落0140及段落0266~段落0348(對應的美國專利申請公開第2010/233595號說明書中的段落0145~段落0173、及段落0289~段落0429)中記載的合成方法來合成。 The polymer compound represented by general formula (X) or general formula (Y) is not particularly Restrictions can be in accordance with paragraphs 0114 to 0140 and 0266 to 0348 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-277514 (corresponding to paragraph 0145 to paragraph 0173 and paragraph 0289 to the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/233595). Synthetic method described in paragraph 0429).

(包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物(以後,亦稱為高分子化合物G)) (A polymer compound containing a structural unit having a graft chain (hereinafter, also referred to as a polymer compound G))

高分子化合物G包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元。再者,本說明書中,「結構單元」與「重複單元」為相同含義。 The polymer compound G includes a structural unit having a graft chain. In addition, in this specification, "structural unit" and "repeat unit" have the same meaning.

此種包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物藉由接枝鏈而具有與溶劑的親和性,因此黑色顏料的分散性及經時後的分散穩定性優異。另外,組成物中,藉由接枝鏈的存在而具有與聚合性化合物或其他可併用的黏合劑聚合物等的親和性,因此難以於鹼顯影中產生殘渣。 Such a polymer compound containing a structural unit having a graft chain has an affinity with a solvent due to the graft chain, and therefore, the black pigment has excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability over time. In addition, in the composition, the presence of the graft chain has affinity with a polymerizable compound or other binder polymer that can be used in combination, and therefore it is difficult to generate a residue during alkali development.

若接枝鏈變長則立體排斥效果提高而分散性提高,另一方面若接枝鏈過長則有對黑色顏料的吸附力降低而分散性降低的傾向。因此,接枝鏈較佳為除氫原子以外的原子數為40~10000的範圍,更佳為除氫原子以外的原子數為50~2000,進而佳為除氫原子以外的原子數為60~500。 When the graft chain becomes longer, the steric repulsion effect increases and the dispersibility increases. On the other hand, if the graft chain becomes too long, the adsorption force to the black pigment tends to decrease and the dispersibility tends to decrease. Therefore, the graft chain preferably has a range of 40 to 10,000 atoms other than hydrogen atoms, more preferably 50 to 2000 atoms other than hydrogen atoms, and even more preferably 60 to 60 atoms other than hydrogen atoms. 500.

此處,所謂接枝鏈,是表示自共聚物的主鏈的根部(從主鏈分支的基中鍵結於主鏈的原子)直至從主鏈分支的基的末端為止。 Here, the graft chain means from the root of the main chain of the copolymer (atoms bonded to the main chain in the group branched from the main chain) to the end of the group branched from the main chain.

接枝鏈較佳為具有聚合物結構,作為此種聚合物結構,例如可列舉:聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構(例如,聚(甲基)丙烯酸結 構)、聚酯結構、聚胺基甲酸酯結構、聚脲結構、聚醯胺結構及聚醚結構等。 The graft chain preferably has a polymer structure. Examples of such a polymer structure include a poly (meth) acrylate structure (for example, a poly (meth) acrylic acid structure). Structure), polyester structure, polyurethane structure, polyurea structure, polyfluorene structure, and polyether structure.

為了使接枝鏈與溶劑的相互作用性提升並藉此提高分散性,接枝鏈較佳為具有選自由聚酯結構、聚醚結構及聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯結構所組成的群組中的至少一種的接枝鏈,更佳為具有聚酯結構及聚醚結構的至少任一種的接枝鏈。 In order to improve the interaction between the graft chain and the solvent and thereby improve the dispersibility, the graft chain is preferably selected from the group consisting of a polyester structure, a polyether structure, and a poly (meth) acrylate structure. At least one of the graft chains is more preferably a graft chain having at least one of a polyester structure and a polyether structure.

作為具有此種聚合物結構作為接枝鏈的巨分子單體的結構,並無特別限定,較佳為可較佳地使用具有反應性雙鍵性基的巨分子單體。 The structure of the macromonomer having such a polymer structure as a graft chain is not particularly limited, and a macromonomer having a reactive double bond group is preferably used.

對應於高分子化合物G所包含的具有接枝鏈的結構單元,作為高分子化合物G的合成中較佳地使用的市售的巨分子單體,可使用AA-6(商品名,東亞合成(股))、AA-10(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AB-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AS-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AN-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AW-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AA-714(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AY-707(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AY-714(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AK-5(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AK-30(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AK-32(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-100(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-500(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-800(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PP-1000(商品名,日油(股) 製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)55-PET-800(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PME-4000(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PSE-400(商品名,日油(股)製造)、布蘭莫(Blemmer)PSE-1300(商品名,日油(股)製造)及布蘭莫(Blemmer)43PAPE-600B(商品名,日油(股)製造)等。其中,較佳為使用AA-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AA-10(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AB-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AS-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)、AN-6(商品名,東亞合成(股)製造)及布蘭莫(Blemmer)PME-4000(商品名,日油(股)製造)等。 Corresponding to the structural unit having a graft chain contained in the polymer compound G, AA-6 (trade name, East Asia Synthesis ( Stock)), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kasei Corporation) -6 (commercial name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), AW-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), AA-714 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), AY-707 (trade name , East Asia Synthetic (Stock), AY-714 (trade name, East Asia Synthetic (Stock)), AK-5 (trade name, East Asia Synthetic), AK-30 (trade name, East Asia Synthetic (Stock) )), AK-32 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PP-100 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PP-500 ( Trade name, made by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd., Blemmer PP-800 (trade name, made by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PP-1000 (trade name, Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.) (Manufactured), Blemmer 55-PET-800 (brand name, manufactured by Nippon Oil (Stock)), Blemmer PME-4000 (brand name, manufactured by Nippon Oil (Stock)), Branmer (Blemmer) PSE-400 (trade name, made by Nippon Oil & Gas Co., Ltd.), Blemmer PSE-1300 (trade name, made by Nippon Oil & Gas Co., Ltd.), and Blemmer 43PAPE-600B (product Name, made by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.). Among them, it is preferable to use AA-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), AA-10 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), and AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.) , AS-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), AN-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Kosei Co., Ltd.), and Blemmer PME-4000 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.) )Wait.

高分子化合物G較佳為包含下述式(1)~式(4)的任一者所表示的結構單元作為具有接枝鏈的結構單元,更佳為包含下述式(1A)、下述式(2A)、下述式(3A)、下述式(3B)、及下述式(4)的任一者所表示的結構單元。 The polymer compound G preferably contains a structural unit represented by any of the following formulae (1) to (4) as a structural unit having a graft chain, and more preferably contains the following formula (1A), the following A structural unit represented by any one of the following formula (2A), the following formula (3A), the following formula (3B), and the following formula (4).

[化11]

Figure TWI675889B_D0011
[Chemical 11]
Figure TWI675889B_D0011

式(1)~式(4)中,W1、W2、W3及W4分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH。W1、W2、W3及W4較佳為氧原子。 In Formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3, and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH. W 1 , W 2 , W 3 and W 4 are preferably oxygen atoms.

式(1)~式(4)中,X1、X2、X3、X4及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基。作為X1、X2、X3、X4及X5,就合成方面的制約的觀點而言,較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基,特佳為分別獨立地為甲基。 In the formulae (1) to (4), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4, and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4, and X 5 , from the viewpoint of constraints on synthesis, it is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably, they are independent of each other. Ground is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and particularly preferably each is independently a methyl group.

式(1)~式(4)中,Y1、Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示二價連結基,連結基於結構方面並無特別制約。作為Y1、Y2、Y3及Y4所表示的二價連結基,具體而言可列舉下述(Y-1)~(Y-21)的連結基等作為例子。下述所示的結構中,A、B分別是指與式(1)~式(4)中的左末端基、右末端基的鍵結部位。下述所示的結構中,就合成的簡便性而言,更佳為(Y-2)或(Y-13)。 In the formulae (1) to (4), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3, and Y 4 each independently represent a divalent linking group, and the linking is not particularly limited in terms of structure. Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 include the following linking groups (Y-1) to (Y-21). In the structures shown below, A and B refer to the bonding sites with the left terminal group and the right terminal group in Formulas (1) to (4), respectively. Among the structures shown below, (Y-2) or (Y-13) is more preferable in terms of ease of synthesis.

[化12]

Figure TWI675889B_D0012
[Chemical 12]
Figure TWI675889B_D0012

式(1)~式(4)中,Z1、Z2、Z3及Z4分別獨立地表示一價有機基。有機基的結構並無特別限定,具體而言可列舉:烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳基氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳基硫醚基、雜芳基硫醚基及胺基等。該些中,作為Z1、Z2、Z3及Z4所表示的有機基,特別是就提高分散性的觀點而言,較佳為具有立體排斥效果的基,較佳為分別獨立地為碳數5至24的烷基或烷氧基,其中,特佳為分別獨立地為碳數5至24的分支烷基、碳數 5至24的環狀烷基、或碳數5至24的烷氧基。再者,烷氧基中所含的烷基可為直鏈狀、分支鏈狀及環狀的任一種。 In the formulae (1) to (4), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3, and Z 4 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. The structure of the organic group is not particularly limited. Specific examples include an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylthioether group, an arylthioether group, and a heteroaryl group. Thioether group and amine group. Among these, as the organic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3, and Z 4 , particularly from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility, a group having a stereorepulsive effect is preferred, and each is preferably independently Alkyl or alkoxy groups having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, of which particularly preferred are branched alkyl groups having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, cyclic alkyl groups having 5 to 24 carbon atoms, or 5 to 24 carbon atoms, respectively. Alkoxy. The alkyl group contained in the alkoxy group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic groups.

式(1)~式(4)中,n、m、p及q分別獨立地為1至500的整數。 In Formulas (1) to (4), n, m, p, and q are each independently an integer of 1 to 500.

另外,式(1)及式(2)中,j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數。就分散穩定性及顯影性的觀點而言,式(1)及式(2)中的j及k較佳為4~6的整數,最佳為5。 In formulas (1) and (2), j and k each independently represent an integer of 2 to 8. From the viewpoints of dispersion stability and developability, j and k in the formulae (1) and (2) are preferably integers of 4 to 6, and most preferably 5.

式(3)中,R3表示分支或直鏈的伸烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,更佳為碳數2或3的伸烷基。當p為2~500時,存在多個的R3彼此可相同亦可不同。 In the formula (3), R 3 represents a branched or linear alkylene group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms. When p is 2 to 500, a plurality of R 3 may be the same as or different from each other.

式(4)中,R4表示氫原子或一價有機基,該一價有機基於結構方面並無特別限定。R4較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜芳基,更佳為氫原子或烷基。於R4為烷基的情況下,作為烷基,較佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基、碳數3~20的分支狀烷基、或碳數5~20的環狀烷基,更佳為碳數1~20的直鏈狀烷基,特佳為碳數1~6的直鏈狀烷基。式(4)中,當q為2~500時,於接枝共聚物中存在多個的X5及R4彼此可相同亦可不同。 In formula (4), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and the monovalent organic is not particularly limited in terms of structure. R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. When R 4 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyclic alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. The group is more preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. In formula (4), when q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 present in the graft copolymer may be the same as or different from each other.

另外,高分子化合物G可包含兩種以上的結構不同的具有接枝鏈的結構單元。即,高分子化合物G的分子中,亦可包含結構彼此不同的式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元,另外,關於式(1)~式(4),於n、m、p及q分別表示2以上的整數的情況下,式(1)及式(2)中,於側鏈中亦可包含j及k彼此不同的 結構,式(3)及式(4)中,於分子內存在多個的R3、R4及X5彼此可相同亦可不同。 In addition, the polymer compound G may include two or more kinds of structural units having graft chains having different structures. That is, the molecules of the polymer compound G may include structural units represented by formulas (1) to (4) having different structures from each other. In addition, regarding formulas (1) to (4), n, m, When p and q each represent an integer of 2 or more, in the formulae (1) and (2), a structure in which j and k are different from each other may be included in the side chain. In the formulae (3) and (4), A plurality of R 3 , R 4 and X 5 in the molecule may be the same as or different from each other.

就分散穩定性、及顯影性的觀點而言,式(1)所表示的結構單元更佳為下述式(1A)所表示的結構單元。 From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, the structural unit represented by the formula (1) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (1A).

另外,就分散穩定性、及顯影性的觀點而言,式(2)所表示的結構單元更佳為下述式(2A)所表示的結構單元。 From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, the structural unit represented by the formula (2) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (2A).

Figure TWI675889B_D0013
Figure TWI675889B_D0013

式(1A)中,X1、Y1、Z1及n與式(1)中的X1、Y1、Z1及n為相同含義,較佳範圍亦相同。式(2A)中,X2、Y2、Z2及m與式(2)中的X2、Y2、Z2及m為相同含義,較佳範圍亦相同。 In the formula (1A), X 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n of formula X (1) is 1, Y 1, Z 1 and n have the same meaning as the preferred range is also the same. In formula (2A), X 2, Y 2, Z 2 and 2, Y 2 m of formula X (2) is, Z 2 and m are the same meaning as the preferred range is also the same.

另外,就分散穩定性、及顯影性的觀點而言,式(3)所表示的結構單元更佳為下述式(3A)或式(3B)所表示的結構單元。 From the viewpoint of dispersion stability and developability, the structural unit represented by the formula (3) is more preferably a structural unit represented by the following formula (3A) or formula (3B).

Figure TWI675889B_D0014
Figure TWI675889B_D0014

式(3A)或式(3B)中,X3、Y3、Z3及p與式(3)中的X3、Y3、Z3及p為相同含義,較佳範圍亦相同。 In formula (3A) or the formula (3B), X 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p of formula X (3) is 3, Y 3, Z 3 and p have the same meaning as the preferred range is also the same.

高分子化合物G更佳為包含式(1A)所表示的結構單元作為具有接枝鏈的結構單元。 The polymer compound G more preferably contains a structural unit represented by the formula (1A) as a structural unit having a graft chain.

高分子化合物G中,相對於高分子化合物G的總質量,以質量換算計較佳為以10%~90%的範圍包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元(例如,所述式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元),更佳為以30%~70%的範圍包含。若於該範圍內包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元,則黑色顏料(特別是鈦黑粒子)的分散性高,形成遮光膜時的顯影性良好。 In the polymer compound G, it is preferable to include a structural unit having a graft chain in a range of 10% to 90% with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound G (for example, the above formula (1) to formula ( The structural unit represented by 4) is more preferably contained in a range of 30% to 70%. When the structural unit having a graft chain is included in this range, the dispersibility of the black pigment (especially titanium black particles) is high, and the developability when forming a light-shielding film is good.

另外,高分子化合物G較佳為包含與具有接枝鏈的結構單元不同(即,並不相當於具有接枝鏈的結構單元)的疏水性結構單元。其中,本發明中,疏水性結構單元為不具有酸基(例如,羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基及酚性羥基等)的結構單元。 The polymer compound G preferably contains a hydrophobic structural unit that is different from the structural unit having a graft chain (that is, does not correspond to the structural unit having a graft chain). In the present invention, the hydrophobic structural unit is a structural unit that does not have an acid group (for example, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphate group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and the like).

疏水性結構單元較佳為源自(對應於)ClogP值為1.2以 上的化合物(單體)的結構單元,更佳為源自ClogP值為1.2~8的化合物的結構單元。藉此,可更確實地顯現出本發明的效果。 The hydrophobic structural unit is preferably derived (corresponding to) a ClogP value of 1.2 to The structural unit of the compound (monomer) above is more preferably a structural unit derived from a compound having a ClogP value of 1.2 to 8. Thereby, the effect of the present invention can be more reliably exhibited.

ClogP值是藉由可自日光化學信息系統股份有限公司(Daylight Chemical Information System,Inc.)獲得的程式「CLOGP」進行計算而得的值。該程式提供藉由漢施、里奧(Hansch,Leo)的片段法(fragment approach)(參照下述文獻)算出的「計算logP」的值。片段法是基於化合物的化學結構將化學結構分割為部分結構(片段),並將相對於該片段分配的logP貢獻值加以合計,藉此推算化合物的logP值。其詳細情況記載於以下的文獻中。本發明使用藉由程式CLOGP v4.82計算的ClogP值。 The ClogP value is a value calculated by a program "CLOGP" available from Daylight Chemical Information System (Inc.). This program provides the value of "calculated logP" calculated by the fragment approach (refer to the following document) of Hansch and Leo. The fragment method divides the chemical structure into partial structures (fragments) based on the chemical structure of the compound, and adds up the logP contribution values assigned to the fragments to estimate the logP value of the compound. The details are described in the following documents. The present invention uses a ClogP value calculated by the program CLOGP v4.82.

A.J.里奧(A.J.Leo)的「綜合醫藥化學(Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry)」第4卷,C.漢施(C.Hansch)、P.G.賽門(P.G.Sammnens)、J.B.泰勒(J.B.Taylor)與C.A.拉姆登(C.A.Ramsden)編輯、p.295、培格曼出版社(Pergamon Press)、1990;C.漢施(C.Hansch)與A.J.里奧(A.J.Leo)的「化學和生物中的相關分析用的取代基常數(SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology)」、約翰威立父子出版公司(John Wiley & Sons);A.J.里奧(A.J.Leo)「由結構計算logPoct(Calculating logPoct from structure)」、化學評論(Chem.Rev.)93、1281-1306、1993。 AJ Leo's "Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry" Volume 4, C. Hansch, PGSammnens, JBaylor and CA Ram Edited by CARamsden, p. 295, Pergamon Press, 1990; C. Hansch and AJ Leo, "Relevant Analysis in Chemistry and Biology SUbstituent Constants For Correlation Analysis in Chemistry and Biology ", John Wiley &Sons; AJ Leo" Calculating logPoct from structure ", Chemistry Review (Chem. Rev.) 93, 1281-1306, 1993.

logP是指分配係數P(Partition Coefficient)的常用對數,是以定量的數值表示某有機化合物於油(通常為1-辛醇)與水的 兩相系的平衡下如何分配的物性值,由以下的式子表示。 logP refers to the common logarithm of the partition coefficient P (Partition Coefficient). It is a quantitative value that represents the organic compound in oil (usually 1-octanol) and water. The physical property value of how the two phases are balanced is represented by the following formula.

logP=log(Coil/Cwater) logP = log (Coil / Cwater)

式中,Coil表示油相中的化合物的莫耳濃度,Cwater表示水相中的化合物的莫耳濃度。 In the formula, Coil represents the molar concentration of the compound in the oil phase, and Cwater represents the molar concentration of the compound in the water phase.

logP的值若以0為中心向正數變大,則是指油溶性增大,若為負數且絕對值變大,則是指水溶性增大,與有機化合物的水溶性處於負相關關係,被廣泛利用為評估有機化合物的親疏水性的參數。 If the value of logP increases to a positive number with 0 as the center, it means that the oil solubility increases. If the value of logP increases, the absolute value means that the water solubility increases, which means a negative correlation with the water solubility of organic compounds. It is widely used as a parameter to evaluate the hydrophobicity of organic compounds.

高分子化合物G較佳為包含選自源自下述通式(i)~通式(iii)所表示的單量體的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元作為疏水性結構單元。 The polymer compound G preferably contains, as the hydrophobic structural unit, one or more structural units selected from the structural units derived from a single body represented by the following general formulae (i) to (iii).

[化15]

Figure TWI675889B_D0015
[Chemical 15]
Figure TWI675889B_D0015

所述式(i)~式(iii)中,R1、R2及R3分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)、或碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 In the formulae (i) to (iii), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkane having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. (For example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.).

R1、R2及R3更佳為氫原子、或碳數1~3的烷基,最佳為氫原子或甲基。R2及R3特佳為氫原子。 R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 2 and R 3 are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.

X表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),較佳為氧原子。 X represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imine group (-NH-), and is preferably an oxygen atom.

L為單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基,可列舉:二價脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、經取代的伸烷基、伸烯基、經取代的伸烯基、伸炔基、經取代的伸炔基)、二價芳香族基(例如,伸芳基、經取代的伸芳基)、二價雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代的亞胺基(-NR31-,此處R31為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基(-CO-)、或該些的組合等。 L is a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group) , Divalent aromatic group (e.g., arylene, substituted arylene), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imide group (-NH- ), A substituted imine group (-NR 31- , where R 31 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl group (-CO-), or a combination thereof.

二價脂肪族基亦可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基 的碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而佳為1~10。脂肪族基可為不飽和脂肪族基亦可為飽和脂肪族基,較佳為飽和脂肪族基。另外,脂肪族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、芳香族基及雜環基等。 The divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. Aliphatic group The number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, and even more preferably from 1 to 10. The aliphatic group may be an unsaturated aliphatic group or a saturated aliphatic group, and is preferably a saturated aliphatic group. The aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價芳香族基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~15,進而佳為6~10。另外,芳香族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基等。 The carbon number of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價雜環基較佳為具有5員環或6員環作為雜環。亦可於雜環縮合其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。另外,雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、側氧基(=O)、硫酮基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代的亞胺基(=N-R32,此處R32為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。 The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. It is also possible to condense other heterocycles, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings in the heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group (= O), a thioketone group (= S), an imino group (= NH), and a substituted imino group (= NR 32 , where Where R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

L較佳為單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基。氧伸烷基結構更佳為氧伸乙基結構或氧伸丙基結構。另外,L亦可包含重複含有兩個以上的氧伸烷基結構的聚氧伸烷基結構。作為聚氧伸烷基結構,較佳為聚氧伸乙基結構或聚氧伸丙基結構。聚氧伸乙基結構由-(OCH2CH2)n-表示,n較佳為2以上的整數,更佳為2~10的整數。 L is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L may include a polyoxyalkylene structure which repeatedly contains two or more oxyalkylene structures. The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2-10.

Z可列舉:脂肪族基(例如,烷基、經取代的烷基、不飽和烷基、經取代的不飽和烷基)、芳香族基(例如,伸芳基、經取代的伸芳基)、雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、 經取代的亞胺基(-NR31-,此處R31為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基(-CO-)、及該些的組合等。 Examples of Z include aliphatic groups (for example, alkyl groups, substituted alkyl groups, unsaturated alkyl groups, substituted unsaturated alkyl groups), and aromatic groups (for example, arylene group, substituted arylene group) , Heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imino group (-NH-), substituted imino group (-NR 31- , where R 31 is an aliphatic group , An aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), a carbonyl group (-CO-), and combinations thereof.

脂肪族基亦可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而佳為1~10。脂肪族基中進而包含集合環烴基、交聯環式烴基,集合環烴基的例子包含雙環己基、全氫萘基、聯苯基、4-環己基苯基等。作為交聯環式烴環,例如可列舉:蒎烷、莰烷、降蒎烷、降莰烷及雙環辛烷環(雙環[2.2.2]辛烷環、雙環[3.2.1]辛烷環等)等二環式烴環,三環[5.2.1.03,8]癸烷(Homobrendane)、金剛烷、三環[5.2.1.02,6]癸烷及三環[4.3.1.12,5]十一烷環等三環式烴環,以及四環[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]十二烷及全氫-1,4-甲橋-5,8-甲橋萘環等四環式烴環等。另外,交聯環式烴環亦包含縮合環式烴環,例如全氫萘(十氫萘)、全氫蒽、全氫菲、全氫苊、全氫茀、全氫茚及全氫萉環等5員環烷烴環~8員環烷烴環的多個縮合而成的縮合環。 The aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The carbon number of the aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, and even more preferably from 1 to 10. The aliphatic group further includes a collective cyclic hydrocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the collective cyclic hydrocarbon group include dicyclohexyl, perhydronaphthyl, biphenyl, 4-cyclohexylphenyl, and the like. Examples of the cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon ring include pinane, pinane, norbornane, norbornane, and bicyclooctane rings (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring Etc.) and other bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, tricyclic [5.2.1.0 3,8 ] decane (Homobrendane), adamantane, tricyclic [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane and tricyclic [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] Tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as undecane ring, and tetracyclic [4.4.0.1 2,5 .1 7,10 ] Dodecane and perhydro-1,4-methyl bridge-5,8-methyl bridge naphthalene ring And other tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings. In addition, cross-linked cyclic hydrocarbon rings also include condensed cyclic hydrocarbon rings, such as perhydronaphthalene (decahydronaphthalene), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydrofluorene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, and perhydrofluorene rings. A condensed ring formed by condensing a 5-membered cycloalkane ring to an 8-membered cycloalkane ring.

較不飽和脂肪族基而言,脂肪族基較佳為飽和脂肪族基。另外,脂肪族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,脂肪族基並不具有酸基作為取代基。 As for the unsaturated aliphatic group, the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group. The aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. Among them, the aliphatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

芳香族基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~15,進而佳為6~10。另外,芳香族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,芳香族基並不具有酸基作為取代基。 The carbon number of the aromatic group is preferably from 6 to 20, more preferably from 6 to 15, and even more preferably from 6 to 10. The aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the aromatic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

雜環基較佳為具有5員環或6員環作為雜環。亦可於雜 環縮合其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環。另外,雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、側氧基(=O)、硫酮基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代的亞胺基(=N-R32,此處R32為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。其中,雜環基並不具有酸基作為取代基。 The heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. It is also possible to condense other heterocycles, aliphatic rings or aromatic rings in the heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group (= O), a thioketone group (= S), an imino group (= NH), and a substituted imino group (= NR 32 , where Where R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group. However, the heterocyclic group does not have an acid group as a substituent.

所述式(iii)中,R4、R5及R6分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)、或碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、Z或-L-Z。此處,L及Z與所述的L及Z為相同含義。R4、R5及R6較佳為氫原子、或碳數為1~3的烷基,更佳為氫原子。 In the formula (iii), R 4 , R 5, and R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, methyl Group, ethyl, propyl, etc.), Z or -LZ. Here, L and Z have the same meaning as the above-mentioned L and Z. R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.

本發明中,作為所述通式(i)所表示的單量體,較佳為R1、R2及R3為氫原子或甲基、L為單鍵或伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基、X為氧原子或亞胺基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基的化合物。 In the present invention, as the singular body represented by the general formula (i), R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is a single bond or an alkylene group or contains an oxyalkylene group. A compound having a divalent linking group of a basic structure, X is an oxygen atom or an imine group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group, or an aromatic group.

另外,作為所述通式(ii)所表示的單量體,較佳為R1為氫原子或甲基、L為伸烷基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基的化合物。另外,作為所述通式(iii)所表示的單量體,較佳為R4、R5及R6為氫原子或甲基、Z為脂肪族基、雜環基或芳香族基的化合物。 In addition, as the unit weight represented by the general formula (ii), a compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is an alkylene group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group, or an aromatic group is preferred. . In addition, as the unit weight represented by the general formula (iii), a compound in which R 4 , R 5, and R 6 are a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Z is an aliphatic group, a heterocyclic group, or an aromatic group is preferred. .

作為式(i)~式(iii)所表示的具代表性的化合物的例子,可列舉選自丙烯酸酯類、甲基丙烯酸酯類及苯乙烯類等中的自由基聚合性化合物。 Examples of the representative compounds represented by the formulae (i) to (iii) include radical polymerizable compounds selected from the group consisting of acrylates, methacrylates, and styrenes.

再者,作為式(i)~式(iii)所表示的具代表性的化合物的例子,可參照日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0089~段落0093中記載的化合物,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 In addition, as examples of the representative compounds represented by the formulae (i) to (iii), the compounds described in paragraphs 0089 to 0093 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-249417 can be referred to, and these contents Incorporated into this specification.

高分子化合物G中,相對於高分子化合物G的總質量,以質量換算計較佳為以10%~90%的範圍包含疏水性結構單元,更佳為以20%~80%的範圍包含。於含量為所述範圍的情況下,可進行充分的圖案形成。 In the polymer compound G, the hydrophobic structural unit is preferably contained in a range of 10% to 90%, and more preferably contained in a range of 20% to 80% with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound G. When the content is within the above range, sufficient pattern formation can be performed.

高分子化合物G可導入可與黑色顏料(特別是鈦黑)產生相互作用的官能基。此處,高分子化合物G較佳為進而包含具有可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的結構單元。 The polymer compound G can introduce a functional group that can interact with a black pigment (especially titanium black). Here, the polymer compound G preferably further includes a structural unit having a functional group capable of interacting with a black pigment.

作為該可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基,例如可列舉:酸基、鹼性基、配位性基、具有反應性的官能基等。 Examples of the functional group capable of interacting with the black pigment include an acid group, a basic group, a coordinating group, and a reactive functional group.

於高分子化合物G包含酸基、鹼性基、配位性基或具有反應性的官能基的情況下,較佳為分別包含具有酸基的結構單元、具有鹼性基的結構單元、具有配位性基的結構單元或具有反應性的結構單元。 When the polymer compound G contains an acid group, a basic group, a coordinating group, or a reactive functional group, it is preferable that the polymer compound G includes a structural unit having an acid group, a structural unit having a basic group, and A structural unit or a reactive structural unit.

特別是藉由高分子化合物G進而具有羧酸基等鹼可溶性基作為酸基,可對高分子化合物G賦予顯影性,所述顯影性用於利用鹼顯影的圖案形成。 In particular, when the polymer compound G further has an alkali-soluble group such as a carboxylic acid group as an acid group, it is possible to impart developability to the polymer compound G, which is used for pattern formation by alkali development.

即,關於本發明的組成物,藉由將鹼可溶性基導入至高分子化合物G中,而使作為有助於黑色顏料的分散的分散劑的高分子化合物G具有鹼可溶性。含有此種高分子化合物G的組成物的曝 光部的遮光性優異,且未曝光部的鹼顯影性提高。 That is, in the composition of the present invention, by introducing an alkali-soluble group into the polymer compound G, the polymer compound G, which is a dispersant that contributes to the dispersion of the black pigment, is made alkali-soluble. Exposure of a composition containing such a polymer compound G The light part has excellent light shielding properties, and the alkali developability of the unexposed part is improved.

另外,藉由高分子化合物G包含具有酸基的結構單元,高分子化合物G容易與溶剤相溶,從而有塗佈性亦提高的傾向。 In addition, since the polymer compound G includes a structural unit having an acid group, the polymer compound G is easily compatible with the solvent, and thus the coating property tends to be improved.

推測其原因在於:具有酸基的結構單元中的酸基容易與黑色顏料產生相互作用,高分子化合物G使黑色顏料穩定地分散,並且使黑色顏料分散的高分子化合物G的黏度降低,高分子化合物G自身亦容易穩定地分散。 The reason is speculated that the acid groups in the structural unit having acid groups easily interact with the black pigment, the polymer compound G stably disperses the black pigment, and the viscosity of the polymer compound G which disperses the black pigment decreases, and the polymer Compound G itself is also easily and stably dispersed.

其中,具有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基的結構單元可為與所述具有接枝鏈的結構單元相同的結構單元,亦可為不同的結構單元,但具有作為酸基的鹼可溶性基的結構單元是與所述疏水性結構單元不同的結構單元(即,並不相當於所述疏水性結構單元)。 The structural unit having an alkali-soluble group as an acid group may be the same structural unit as the structural unit having a graft chain, or may be a different structural unit, but has a structural unit having an alkali-soluble group as an acid group Is a structural unit different from the hydrophobic structural unit (ie, does not correspond to the hydrophobic structural unit).

作為可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的酸基,例如有羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基或酚性羥基等,較佳為羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少一種,就對黑色顏料的吸附力良好、且黑色顏料的分散性高的方面而言,特佳者為羧酸基。 Examples of the acid group of the functional group that can interact with the black pigment include a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and it is preferably at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group. In terms of good adsorption of the black pigment and high dispersibility of the black pigment, a particularly preferred one is a carboxylic acid group.

即,高分子化合物G較佳為進而包含具有羧酸基、磺酸基及磷酸基中的至少一種的結構單元。 That is, the polymer compound G preferably further includes a structural unit having at least one of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.

高分子化合物G可包含一種或兩種以上的具有酸基的結構單元。 The polymer compound G may contain one or two or more kinds of structural units having an acid group.

高分子化合物G可含有具有酸基的結構單元,亦可不含有具有酸基的結構單元,於含有的情況下,相對於高分子化合物G的總質量,具有酸基的結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為5%~ 80%,就抑制因鹼顯影而導致的圖像強度的損傷的觀點而言,更佳為10%~60%。 The polymer compound G may contain a structural unit having an acid group, or may not contain a structural unit having an acid group. When the polymer compound G is contained, the content of the structural unit having an acid group is converted to mass relative to the total mass of the polymer compound G. It is preferably 5% ~ 80% is more preferably 10% to 60% from the viewpoint of suppressing damage to the image intensity due to alkali development.

作為可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的鹼性基,例如有一級胺基、二級胺基、三級胺基、包含N原子的雜環及醯胺基等,就對黑色顏料的吸附力良好、且黑色顏料的分散性高的方面而言,特佳者為三級胺基。高分子化合物G可具有一種或兩種以上的該些鹼性基。 As a basic group of a functional group that can interact with a black pigment, there are, for example, a primary amine group, a secondary amine group, a tertiary amine group, a heterocyclic ring containing an N atom, and a sulfonylamine group. In terms of good strength and high dispersibility of the black pigment, a tertiary amine group is particularly preferred. The polymer compound G may have one or two or more of these basic groups.

高分子化合物G可含有具有鹼性基的結構單元,亦可不含有具有鹼性基的結構單元,於含有的情況下,相對於高分子化合物G的總質量,具有鹼性基的結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為0.01%以上且50%以下,就抑制對顯影性的阻礙的觀點而言,更佳為0.01%以上且30%以下。 The polymer compound G may contain a structural unit having a basic group, or may not contain a structural unit having a basic group. When it is contained, the content of the structural unit having a basic group is relative to the total mass of the polymer compound G. It is preferably 0.01% or more and 50% or less in terms of mass conversion, and more preferably 0.01% or more and 30% or less from the viewpoint of suppressing hindrance to developability.

作為可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的配位性基及具有反應性的官能基,例如可列舉:乙醯基乙醯氧基、三烷氧基矽烷基、異氰酸酯基、酸酐及酸性氯化物等。就對黑色顏料的吸附力良好、且黑色顏料的分散性高的方面而言,特佳者為乙醯基乙醯氧基。高分子化合物G可具有一種或兩種以上的該些基。 Examples of the coordinating group and the reactive functional group of a functional group that can interact with a black pigment include ethanoylacetoxy, trialkoxysilyl, isocyanate, acid anhydride, and acid chloride.物 等。 And so on. In terms of good adsorption of the black pigment and high dispersibility of the black pigment, particularly preferred is acetamidoethoxy. The polymer compound G may have one or two or more of these groups.

高分子化合物G可含有具有配位性基的結構單元或包含具有反應性的官能基的結構單元,亦可不含有具有配位性基的結構單元或包含具有反應性的官能基的結構單元,於含有的情況下,相對於高分子化合物G的總質量,該些結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為10%以上且80%以下,就抑制對顯影性的阻礙的觀點而 言,更佳為20%以上且60%以下。 The polymer compound G may contain a structural unit having a coordination group or a structural unit having a reactive functional group, or may not contain a structural unit having a coordination group or a structural unit having a reactive functional group. When it is contained, the content of these structural units is preferably 10% or more and 80% or less with respect to the total mass of the polymer compound G. From the viewpoint of suppressing the hindrance to the developability, In other words, it is more preferably 20% or more and 60% or less.

於本發明中的高分子化合物G具有於接枝鏈以外可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的情況下,只要含有如上所述的可與各種黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基即可,該些官能基以何種方式導入並無特別限定,高分子化合物G較佳為包含選自源自下述通式(iv)~通式(vi)所表示的單量體的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元。 In the case where the polymer compound G in the present invention has a functional group capable of interacting with a black pigment other than the graft chain, as long as it contains a functional group capable of interacting with various black pigments as described above, the The manner in which these functional groups are introduced is not particularly limited, and the polymer compound G preferably contains one selected from the structural units derived from the basal body represented by the following general formula (iv) to general formula (vi) The above structural unit.

Figure TWI675889B_D0016
Figure TWI675889B_D0016

通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,R11、R12及R13分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等)或碳數1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)。 In the general formulae (iv) to (vi), R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc.) or a carbon number of 1 to 6 Alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.).

通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,R11、R12及R13更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數1~3的烷基,最佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基。通式(iv)中,R12及R13特佳為分別為氫原子。 In the general formulae (iv) to (vi), R 11 , R 12, and R 13 are more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and most preferably each are independently a hydrogen atom or methyl. In the general formula (iv), R 12 and R 13 are each preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(iv)中的X1表示氧原子(-O-)或亞胺基(-NH-),較佳為氧原子。 X 1 in the general formula (iv) represents an oxygen atom (-O-) or an imine group (-NH-), and is preferably an oxygen atom.

另外,通式(v)中的Y表示次甲基或氮原子。 In addition, Y in the general formula (v) represents a methine group or a nitrogen atom.

另外,通式(iv)~通式(v)中的L1表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為二價連結基的例子,可列舉:二價脂肪族基(例如,伸烷基、經取代的伸烷基、伸烯基、經取代的伸烯基、伸炔基及經取代的伸炔基)、二價芳香族基(例如,伸芳基及經取代的伸芳基)、二價雜環基、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、經取代的亞胺基鍵(-NR31'-,此處R31'為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、羰基鍵(-CO-)及該些的組合等。 In addition, L 1 in the general formulae (iv) to (v) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include a divalent aliphatic group (for example, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an alkylene group, and a substituted alkylene group) Group), divalent aromatic group (e.g., arylene and substituted arylene), divalent heterocyclic group, oxygen atom (-O-), sulfur atom (-S-), imide group (- NH-), substituted imine bond (-NR 31 ' -, where R 31' is aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic group), carbonyl bond (-CO-) and combinations thereof .

二價脂肪族基亦可具有環狀結構或分支結構。脂肪族基的碳數較佳為1~20,更佳為1~15,進而佳為1~10。較不飽和脂肪族基而言,脂肪族基較佳為飽和脂肪族基。另外,脂肪族基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、芳香族基及雜環基。 The divalent aliphatic group may have a cyclic structure or a branched structure. The carbon number of the aliphatic group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, and even more preferably from 1 to 10. As for the unsaturated aliphatic group, the aliphatic group is preferably a saturated aliphatic group. The aliphatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價芳香族基的碳數較佳為6~20,進而佳為6~15,最佳為6~10。另外,芳香族基亦可具有取代基。取代基的例子可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。 The carbon number of the divalent aromatic group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-15, and most preferably 6-10. The aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

二價雜環基較佳為具有5員環或6員環作為雜環。亦可 於雜環縮合其他雜環、脂肪族環或芳香族環中的一個以上。另外,雜環基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、側氧基(=O)、硫酮基(=S)、亞胺基(=NH)、經取代的亞胺基(=N-R32,此處R32為脂肪族基、芳香族基或雜環基)、脂肪族基、芳香族基及雜環基。 The divalent heterocyclic group preferably has a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring as a heterocyclic ring. One or more of other heterocycles, aliphatic rings, or aromatic rings may be condensed in a heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group (= O), a thioketone group (= S), an imino group (= NH), and a substituted imino group (= NR 32 , where Where R 32 is an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group), an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a heterocyclic group.

L1較佳為單鍵、伸烷基或包含氧伸烷基結構的二價連結基。氧伸烷基結構更佳為氧伸乙基結構或氧伸丙基結構。另外,L1亦可包含重複含有兩個以上的氧伸烷基結構的聚氧伸烷基結構。作為聚氧伸烷基結構,較佳為聚氧伸乙基結構或聚氧伸丙基結構。聚氧伸乙基結構由-(OCH2CH2)n-表示,n較佳為2以上的整數,更佳為2~10的整數。 L 1 is preferably a single bond, an alkylene group, or a divalent linking group containing an oxyalkylene structure. The oxyalkylene structure is more preferably an oxyethylene structure or an oxypropylene structure. In addition, L 1 may include a polyoxyalkylene structure containing two or more oxyalkylene structures repeatedly. The polyoxyalkylene structure is preferably a polyoxyethylene structure or a polyoxypropylene structure. The polyoxyethylene structure is represented by-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) n-, and n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, more preferably an integer of 2-10.

通式(iv)~通式(vi)中,Z1表示於接枝鏈以外可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基,較佳為羧酸基、三級胺基,更佳為羧酸基。 In the general formulae (iv) to (vi), Z 1 represents a functional group capable of interacting with a black pigment other than the graft chain, and is preferably a carboxylic acid group, a tertiary amine group, and more preferably a carboxylic acid group. .

通式(vi)中,R14、R15及R16分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子(例如,氟、氯、溴等)、碳數為1~6的烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基等)、-Z1或-L1-Z1。此處,L1及Z1與所述中的L1及Z1為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。作為R14、R15及R16,較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或碳數為1~3的烷基,更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子。 In the general formula (vi), R 14 , R 15, and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), and an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), - Z 1 or -L 1 -Z 1. Here, L 1 and Z 1 in the L 1 and Z 1 are the same meaning as the preferred embodiments are also the same. R 14 , R 15, and R 16 are each preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom each independently.

本發明中,作為通式(iv)所表示的單量體,較佳為R11、R12及R13分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L1為伸烷基或包含氧伸烷 基結構的二價連結基、X1為氧原子或亞胺基、Z1為羧酸基的化合物。 In the present invention, as the singular body represented by the general formula (iv), it is preferable that R 11 , R 12 and R 13 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L 1 is an alkylene group or contains an oxyalkylene group. A compound having a structure of a divalent linking group, X 1 is an oxygen atom or an imine group, and Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group.

另外,作為通式(v)所表示的單量體,較佳為R11為氫原子或甲基、L1為伸烷基、Z1為羧酸基、Y為次甲基的化合物。 In addition, as the unit weight represented by the general formula (v), a compound in which R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is an alkylene group, Z 1 is a carboxylic acid group, and Y is a methine group is preferable.

進而,作為通式(vi)所表示的單量體,較佳為R14、R15及R16分別獨立地為氫原子或甲基、L1為單鍵或伸烷基、Z1為羧酸基的化合物。 Furthermore, as the singular body represented by the general formula (vi), it is preferable that R 14 , R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L 1 is a single bond or an alkylene group, and Z 1 is a carboxyl group. Acid based compounds.

以下,示出通式(iv)~通式(vi)所表示的單量體(化合物)的具代表性的例子。 Representative examples of the singular body (compound) represented by the general formulae (iv) to (vi) are shown below.

作為單量體的例子,可列舉:甲基丙烯酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯)與琥珀酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與四羥基鄰苯二甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與偏苯三甲酸酐的反應物、分子內具有加成聚合性雙鍵及羥基的化合物與均苯四甲酸酐的反應物、丙烯酸、丙烯酸二聚物、丙烯酸寡聚物、馬來酸、衣康酸、富馬酸、4-乙烯基苯甲酸、乙烯基苯酚及4-羥基苯基甲基丙烯醯胺等。 Examples of the single body include methacrylic acid, butenoic acid, methacrylic acid, compounds having an addition polymerizable double bond and a hydroxyl group in the molecule (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), and succinic anhydride. Reactant, reactant of compound having addition polymerizable double bond and hydroxyl group in molecule and phthalic anhydride, reactant of compound having addition polymerizable double bond and hydroxyl group in molecule and tetrahydroxyphthalic anhydride Reactants of compounds with addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule and trimellitic anhydride, Reactants of compounds with addition polymerizable double bonds and hydroxyl groups in the molecule and pyromellitic anhydride, acrylic acid, acrylic acid Polymers, acrylic acid oligomers, maleic acid, itaconic acid, fumaric acid, 4-vinylbenzoic acid, vinylphenol, and 4-hydroxyphenylmethacrylamide.

就與黑色顏料的相互作用、分散穩定性及對顯影液的浸透性的觀點而言,相對於高分子化合物G的總質量,具有可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的結構單元的含量較佳為0.05質量 %~90質量%,更佳為1.0質量%~80質量%,進而佳為10質量%~70質量%。 From the viewpoints of interaction with a black pigment, dispersion stability, and permeability to a developing solution, the content of the structural unit having a functional group capable of interacting with the black pigment is smaller than the total mass of the polymer compound G. Preferably 0.05 quality % To 90% by mass, more preferably 1.0% to 80% by mass, and even more preferably 10% to 70% by mass.

進而,出於提高圖像強度等諸性能的目的,只要不損及本發明的效果,則高分子化合物G亦可進而包含具有各種功能的其他結構單元(例如,包含與分散物中所使用的分散介質具有親和性的官能基等的結構單元),所述其他結構單元與具有接枝鏈的結構單元、疏水性結構單元及具有可與黑色顏料產生相互作用的官能基的結構單元不同。 Furthermore, for the purpose of improving properties such as image strength, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, the polymer compound G may further include other structural units having various functions (for example, the The dispersion medium has structural units such as functional groups having affinity, and the other structural units are different from the structural unit having a graft chain, the hydrophobic structural unit, and the structural unit having a functional group capable of interacting with a black pigment.

作為此種其他結構單元,例如可列舉源自選自丙烯腈類及甲基丙烯腈類等中的自由基聚合性化合物的結構單元。 Examples of such other structural units include a structural unit derived from a radical polymerizable compound selected from acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile.

高分子化合物G可使用一種或兩種以上的該些其他結構單元,相對於高分子化合物G的總質量,該些其他結構單元的含量以質量換算計較佳為0%以上且80%以下,更佳為10%以上且60%以下。於含量為所述範圍的情況下,可維持充分的圖案形成性。 The polymer compound G may use one or two or more of these other structural units. The content of the other structural units relative to the total mass of the polymer compound G is preferably 0% or more and 80% or less in terms of mass conversion. It is preferably 10% or more and 60% or less. When the content is within the above range, sufficient pattern-formability can be maintained.

高分子化合物G的酸價較佳為0mgKOH/g以上且160mgKOH/g以下的範圍,更佳為10mgKOH/g以上且140mgKOH/g以下的範圍,進而佳為20mgKOH/g以上且120mgKOH/g以下的範圍。 The acid value of the polymer compound G is preferably in a range of 0 mgKOH / g or more and 160 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably in a range of 10 mgKOH / g or more and 140 mgKOH / g or less, and still more preferably in a range of 20 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less. range.

若高分子化合物G的酸價為160mgKOH/g以下,則可更有效地抑制於形成遮光膜時的顯影時的圖案剝離。另外,若高分子化合物G的酸價為10mgKOH/g以上,則鹼顯影性更良好。另外,若高分子化合物G的酸價為20mgKOH/g以上,則可進一步抑制 黑色顏料(特別是鈦黑)、以及包含鈦黑及Si原子的被分散體的沈降,可使粗大粒子數進一步減少,從而可進一步提高組成物的經時穩定性。 When the acid value of the polymer compound G is 160 mgKOH / g or less, it is possible to more effectively suppress pattern peeling during development when a light-shielding film is formed. When the acid value of the polymer compound G is 10 mgKOH / g or more, alkali developability is more favorable. In addition, if the acid value of the polymer compound G is 20 mgKOH / g or more, it can be further suppressed. The sedimentation of a black pigment (especially titanium black) and a dispersion containing titanium black and Si atoms can further reduce the number of coarse particles, thereby further improving the stability of the composition over time.

高分子化合物G的酸價例如可根據高分子化合物G中的酸基的平均含量來算出。另外,藉由使作為高分子化合物G的構成成分的含有酸基的結構單元的含量變化,可獲得具有所期望的酸價的樹脂。 The acid value of the polymer compound G can be calculated, for example, from the average content of acid groups in the polymer compound G. In addition, a resin having a desired acid value can be obtained by changing the content of the structural unit containing an acid group as a constituent component of the polymer compound G.

於形成遮光層時,就抑制顯影時的圖案剝離與顯影性的觀點而言,高分子化合物G的重量平均分子量以利用GPC(凝膠滲透層析(Gel Permeation Chromatography))法的聚苯乙烯換算值計,較佳為4,000以上且300,000以下,更佳為5,000以上且200,000以下,進而佳為6,000以上且100,000以下,特佳為10,000以上且50,000以下。 When forming a light-shielding layer, from the viewpoint of suppressing pattern peeling and developability during development, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound G is converted to polystyrene by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) method The value is preferably 4,000 or more and 300,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or more and 200,000 or less, still more preferably 6,000 or more and 100,000 or less, and particularly preferably 10,000 or more and 50,000 or less.

GPC法是基於如下方法,所述方法使用HLC-8020GPC(東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造),使用TSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000(東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造,4.6mmID×15cm)作為管柱,且使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為溶離液。 The GPC method is based on a method using HLC-8020GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.), using TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd., 4.6mmID X 15 cm) as a column, and THF (tetrahydrofuran) was used as the eluent.

高分子化合物G可基於公知的方法來合成,作為合成高分子化合物G時所使用的溶剤,例如可列舉:二氯化乙烯、環己酮、甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、2-甲氧基乙基乙酸酯、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、1- 甲氧基-2-丙基乙酸酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、甲苯、乙酸乙酯、乳酸甲酯及乳酸乙酯等。該些溶剤可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上混合使用。 The polymer compound G can be synthesized based on a known method, and examples of solvents used in the synthesis of the polymer compound G include ethylene dichloride, cyclohexanone, methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methanol, ethanol, and propylene. Alcohol, butanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1- Methoxy-2-propylacetate, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, dimethylmethane, toluene, ethyl acetate, methyl lactate, and Ethyl lactate and the like. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

該些高分子化合物G可單獨使用,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 These polymer compounds G may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

再者,作為高分子化合物G的具體例的例子,可參照日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0127~段落0129中記載的高分子化合物,並將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 In addition, as examples of specific examples of the polymer compound G, the polymer compounds described in paragraphs 0127 to 0129 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-249417 can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

<其他成分> <Other ingredients>

顏料分散組成物中亦可含有所述黑色顏料、第1分散劑及第2分散劑以外的成分。例如可列舉後述的聚合性組成物中所含的成分(例如,聚合性化合物、聚合起始劑、黏合劑聚合物、溶剤等)。 The pigment dispersion composition may contain components other than the black pigment, the first dispersant, and the second dispersant. For example, the component (for example, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, a binder polymer, a solvent, etc.) contained in the polymerizable composition mentioned later is mentioned.

<<聚合性組成物>> << Polymerizable composition >>

本發明的聚合性組成物包含所述顏料分散組成物、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑。該聚合性組成物中包含源自顏料分散組成物的黑色顏料,可較佳地用作形成遮光膜的組成物。即,該聚合性組成物可較佳地用作遮光膜形成用組成物。 The polymerizable composition of the present invention includes the pigment dispersion composition, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. The polymerizable composition contains a black pigment derived from a pigment dispersion composition, and is preferably used as a composition for forming a light-shielding film. That is, this polymerizable composition can be preferably used as a composition for forming a light-shielding film.

以下,對聚合性組成物中所含的各成分進行詳細敍述。再者,顏料分散組成物的定義如上所述,而省略說明。 Hereinafter, each component contained in a polymerizable composition will be described in detail. In addition, the definition of a pigment dispersion composition is as mentioned above, and description is abbreviate | omitted.

再者,聚合性組成物中的黑色顏料的含量並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,相對於組成物的總固體成分(總固體成分質量),較佳為5質量%~90質量%,更佳為20質量%~70質量%。 In addition, the content of the black pigment in the polymerizable composition is not particularly limited, and in terms of the effect of the present invention being more excellent, it is preferably 5 masses with respect to the total solid content (total solid content mass) of the composition. % To 90% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 70% by mass.

聚合性組成物中的第1分散劑的含量並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,相對於組成物的總固體成分(總固體成分質量),較佳為1質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~20質量%。 The content of the first dispersant in the polymerizable composition is not particularly limited, and in terms of the effect of the present invention being more excellent, it is preferably 1% by mass relative to the total solid content (total solid content mass) of the composition. ~ 30 mass%, more preferably 5 mass% to 20 mass%.

聚合性組成物中的第2分散劑的含量並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,相對於組成物的總固體成分(總固體成分質量),較佳為1質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~20質量%。 The content of the second dispersant in the polymerizable composition is not particularly limited, and in terms of the effect of the present invention being more excellent, it is preferably 1% by mass relative to the total solid content (total solid content mass) of the composition. ~ 30 mass%, more preferably 5 mass% to 20 mass%.

再者,所謂固體成分,是指可構成遮光膜的成分,並不包含溶剤。 The solid content refers to a component that can constitute a light-shielding film, and does not include solvents.

聚合性組成物中,第1分散劑與第2分散劑的質量比(第1分散劑的質量/第2分散劑的質量)並無特別限制,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,較佳為0.1~9.0,更佳為0.2~3.0。 In the polymerizable composition, the mass ratio of the first dispersant to the second dispersant (mass of the first dispersant / mass of the second dispersant) is not particularly limited, and the effect of the present invention is more excellent, It is preferably 0.1 to 9.0, and more preferably 0.2 to 3.0.

<聚合性化合物> <Polymerizable compound>

聚合性化合物較佳為具有至少一個可加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基、且沸點於常壓下為100℃以上的化合物。 The polymerizable compound is preferably a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure.

作為具有至少一個可加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基、且沸點於常壓下為100℃以上的化合物,例如可列舉:聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯及苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等單官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二 季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯基氧基丙基)醚、三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)異氰脲酸酯、甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於多官能醇後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物、季戊四醇或二季戊四醇經聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物,日本專利特公昭48-41708號、日本專利特公昭50-6034號、日本專利特開昭51-37193號的各公報中記載的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類,日本專利特開昭48-64183號、日本專利特公昭49-43191號、日本專利特公昭52-30490號的各公報中記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯。進而,亦可使用「日本接著協會誌」第20卷、第7號、300頁~308頁中作為光硬化性單體及寡聚物而介紹的化合物。 Examples of the compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure include, for example, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and polypropylene glycol mono (methyl) ) Monofunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as acrylates and phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylates; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylates, trimethylolethane tris (methyl) Acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, di Pentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris (propenyloxypropyl) ether, tris (propenyloxyethyl) isocyanurate (Meth) acrylic acid, glycerol, trimethylolethane, and the like, which are obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol, and pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol undergo poly (meth) acrylic acid Esterified compounds, urethane acrylates described in various publications of Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 50-6034, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-37193. Japan Polyester acrylates described in JP-A-48-64183, JP-A-49-43191, and JP-A-52-30490, react as epoxy resin with (meth) acrylic acid Multifunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates. Furthermore, the compounds described as "light-curable monomers and oligomers" in "Journal of the Japan Advocacy Association" Vol. 20, No. 7, pages 300 to 308 can also be used.

另外,亦可使用使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷加成於日本專利特開平10-62986號公報中作為通式(1)及通式(2)而與其具體例一同記載的多官能醇後進行(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。 Moreover, you may use the polyfunctional alcohol which added ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-62986 as a general formula (1) and general formula (2), and describes it with the specific example. A compound obtained by (meth) acrylation.

其中,較佳為二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯及該些的丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基而連結於二季戊四醇的結構。亦可使用該些的寡聚物類型。 Among them, a structure in which dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and these acrylfluorenyl groups are connected to dipentaerythritol through an ethylene glycol residue or a propylene glycol residue is preferable. These types of oligomers can also be used.

另外,日本專利特公昭48-41708號、日本專利特開昭51-37193號、日本專利特公平2-32293號及日本專利特公平2-16765號的各公報中所記載般的胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本專利特公昭58-49860號、日本專利特公昭56-17654號、日本專利特公昭 62-39417號及日本專利特公昭62-39418號的各公報記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。進而,藉由使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號、日本專利特開昭63-260909號及日本專利特開平1-105238號的各公報中所記載的於分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構的加成聚合性化合物類,可獲得感光速度非常優異的光聚合性組成物。作為市售品,可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(商品名,日本製紙化學(股)製造),UA-7200(新中村化學工業(股)製造),DPHA-40H(商品名,日本化藥(股)製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(商品名,共榮社化學(股)製造)等。 In addition, the urethanes described in the respective publications of Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-41708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2-16765. Ester acrylates, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication The urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in the publications of Nos. 62-39417 and Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39418 are also preferred. Furthermore, by using JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-105238, each of the publications has an amine structure or a thioether in the molecule. The addition polymerizable compounds having a structure can obtain a photopolymerizable composition having a very excellent photosensitivity. Examples of commercially available products include urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (trade names, manufactured by Nippon Paper Chemical Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 (made by Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (trade name, Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufacturing) etc.

另外,具有酸基的乙烯性不飽和化合物類亦較佳,作為市售品,例如可列舉東亞合成股份有限公司製造的作為含羧酸基的三官能丙烯酸酯的TO-756及作為含羧酸基的五官能丙烯酸酯的TO-1382等。作為本發明中所使用的聚合性化合物,更佳為四官能以上的丙烯酸酯化合物。 In addition, ethylenically unsaturated compounds having an acid group are also preferable. As commercially available products, for example, TO-756, which is a trifunctional acrylate containing a carboxylic acid group, and a carboxylic acid containing, which are manufactured by Toa Synthesis Co., Ltd. Based pentafunctional acrylates such as TO-1382. The polymerizable compound used in the present invention is more preferably a tetrafunctional or higher acrylate compound.

聚合性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 The polymerizable compound may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

於將兩種以上的聚合性化合物組合使用的情況下,其組合態樣可根據組成物所要求的物性等而適宜設定。作為聚合性化合物的較佳的組合態樣之一,例如可列舉將選自所述多官能的丙烯酸酯化合物中的兩種以上的聚合性化合物加以組合的態樣,作為其一例,可列舉二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯及季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯的組 合。 When two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds are used in combination, the combination state can be appropriately set according to the physical properties required for the composition and the like. As one of the preferable combinations of polymerizable compounds, for example, a combination of two or more polymerizable compounds selected from the above-mentioned polyfunctional acrylate compounds may be mentioned. As an example, two Group of pentaerythritol hexaacrylate and pentaerythritol triacrylate Together.

相對於聚合性組成物的總固體成分,聚合性組成物中的聚合性化合物的含量較佳為3質量%~55質量%,更佳為10質量%~50質量%。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the polymerizable composition is preferably 3% to 55% by mass, and more preferably 10% to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the polymerizable composition.

<聚合起始劑> <Polymerization initiator>

聚合起始劑並無特別限制,可自公知的聚合起始劑中適宜選擇,例如,較佳為對紫外線區域至可見光區域具有感光性的聚合起始劑(所謂的光聚合起始劑)。再者,亦可為與經光激發的增感劑產生某種作用而生成活性自由基的活性劑。另外,亦可為對應於單體的種類而使陽離子聚合起始的起始劑。 The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from known polymerization initiators. For example, a polymerization initiator (a so-called photopolymerization initiator) having a sensitivity in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. Furthermore, it may be an active agent which generates an active radical by having a certain effect with a photo-excited sensitizer. Moreover, it may be an initiator which starts cationic polymerization according to the kind of monomer.

另外,聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種於約300nm~800nm(更佳為330nm~500nm)的範圍內具有至少約50的分子吸光係數的成分。 In addition, the polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one component having a molecular absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in a range of about 300 nm to 800 nm (more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm).

作為聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物及羥基苯乙酮等。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑及日本專利特開第4225898號公報中記載的醯基氧化膦系起始劑。 Examples of the polymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, those having a triazine skeleton and those having an oxadiazole skeleton), fluorenylphosphine compounds such as fluorenylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, and oxime derivatives Such as oxime compounds, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, aminoacetophenone compounds, and hydroxyacetophenone. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-291969 and a fluorenylphosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4225898 can also be used. .

作為羥基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用:豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-500、 豔佳固(IRGACURE)-2959及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-127(商品名,巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 As the hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator, IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959 and IRGACURE-127 (trade names, manufactured by BASF).

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-369及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-379(商品名,巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products, IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade name, BASF ( BASF).

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑,亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等的長波光源相匹配的日本專利特開2009-191179號公報中記載的化合物。 As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, a compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-191179 can be used in which the absorption wavelength matches a long-wave light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm.

作為醯基膦系起始劑,可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-819或達羅卡(DAROCUR)-TPO(商品名,巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 As the fluorenylphosphine-based initiator, commercially available IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade name, manufactured by BASF) can be used.

較佳為含有肟系起始劑(肟化合物)作為聚合起始劑。 It is preferable to contain an oxime-based initiator (oxime compound) as a polymerization initiator.

作為肟系起始劑的具體的化合物名,可列舉:2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-戊二酮、2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-己二酮、2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-庚二酮、2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-辛二酮、2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(甲基苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(乙基苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)-1-[4-(丁基苯硫基)苯基]-1,2-丁二酮、1-(O-乙醯基肟)-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮、1-(O-乙醯基肟)-1-[9-甲基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮、1-(O-乙醯基 肟)-1-[9-丙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮、1-(O-乙醯基肟)-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-乙基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮及1-(O-乙醯基肟)-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-丁基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]乙酮等。 Specific compound names of the oxime-based initiator include 2- (O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 2 -(O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-pentanedione, 2- (O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [4- (Phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-hexanedione, 2- (O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-heptanedione , 2- (O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [4- (phenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-octanedione, 2- (O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [ 4- (methylphenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 2- (O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [4- (ethylphenylthio) phenyl] -1 , 2-butanedione, 2- (O-benzylideneoxime) -1- [4- (butylphenylthio) phenyl] -1,2-butanedione, 1- (O-acetamidine Oxime) -1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone, 1- (O-acetamidooxime) -1- [9-Methyl-6- (2-methylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone, 1- (O-acetamido Oxime) -1- [9-propyl-6- (2-methylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone, 1- (O-acetamidooxime) -1- [ 9-Ethyl-6- (2-ethylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone and 1- (O-acetamidooxime) -1- [9-ethyl-6 -(2-butylbenzylidene) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethanone and the like.

作為肟系起始劑,可使用強力(TRONLY)TR-PBG-304、強力(TRONLY)TR-PBG-309、強力(TRONLY)TR-PBG-305(常州強力電子新材料有限公司(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.,LTD)製造)等市售品。另外,可參考日本專利特開2012-113104號公報的段落0092~段落0096中所記載的肟系起始劑的記載,並將該些內容併入至本說明書中。藉由使用此種肟系起始劑,可提供硬化感度高、顯影性良好的組成物。所述肟起始劑為日本專利特開2012-113104號公報的段落0030以後所說明的化合物。作為通式,由日本專利特開2012-113104號公報的請求項1中記載的通式(I)表示,更佳為請求項3中記載的通式(I-A)所表示者,可參考該些記載,並將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 As the oxime-based initiator, TRONLY TR-PBG-304, TRONLY TR-PBG-309, TRONLY TR-PBG-305 (CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO., LTD) and other commercially available products. In addition, reference may be made to the description of the oxime-based initiators described in paragraphs 092 to 0096 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-113104, and these contents are incorporated into this specification. By using such an oxime-based initiator, it is possible to provide a composition having high curing sensitivity and good developability. The oxime initiator is a compound described in paragraph 0030 or later of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-113104. As the general formula, it is represented by the general formula (I) described in claim 1 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-113104, and it is more preferably represented by the general formula (IA) described in claim 3, and these can be referred to. Document and incorporate these into this specification.

另外,亦可列舉「英國化學會誌-普爾金會刊II(J.C.S.Perkin II)」((1979)1653-1660)、「英國化學會誌-普爾金會刊II(J.C.S.Perkin II)」((1979)156-162)、「光聚合物科學與技術期刊(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」((1995)202-232)、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報記載的化合物,日本專利特開2000-80068號公報的段落0218~段落0281、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報的段落0242~段落0251中記載的化合物,日 本巴斯夫(BASF Japan)公司製造的豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE 01(1.2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)])、豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE 02(乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯基肟)),2-(乙醯基氧基亞胺基甲基)噻噸-9-酮,O-醯基肟系化合物(例如,艾迪科歐普托瑪(Adeka Optomer)N-1919、艾迪科克魯茲(Adeka Cruise)NCI-831)等,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 In addition, "JCSPerkin II" ((1979) 1653-1660), "JCSPerkin II" (( (1979) 156-162), "Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology" ((1995) 202-232), compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-66385, Japanese Patent Laid-Open The compounds described in paragraphs 0218 to 0281 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2000-80068 are described in paragraphs 0242 to 0251 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797. IRGACURE OXE 01 (1.2-octanedione, 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzylidene oxime)]) made by BASF Japan, IRGACURE OXE 02 (ethyl ketone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-ethyl Fluorenyl oxime)), 2- (ethylfluorenyloxyiminomethyl) thioxan-9-one, O-fluorenyl oxime-based compound (for example, Adeka Optomer N-1919 , Adeka Cruise (NCI-831), etc., which are incorporated into this specification.

進而,亦可列舉日本專利特開2007-231000號公報的段落0031及日本專利特開2007-322744號公報的段落0039中所記載的環狀肟化合物、日本專利特開2007-269779號公報的段落0060~段落0062中所示的具有特定取代基的肟化合物、日本專利特開2009-191061號公報的段落0090~段落0106中所示的具有硫代芳基(thioaryl)的肟化合物及日本專利特開2001-233842號公報的段落0375~段落0409記載的化合物等,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 Furthermore, cyclic oxime compounds described in paragraph 0003 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-231000 and paragraph 0039 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-322744, and paragraphs of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-269779 can also be cited. The oxime compound having a specific substituent shown in 0060 to paragraph 062, the oxime compound having a thioaryl group shown in paragraph 0090 to paragraph 0106 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-191061, and the Japanese patent The compounds described in paragraphs 0375 to 0409 of the 2001-233842 publication are incorporated in this specification.

另外,亦可使用具有氟原子的肟起始劑。作為此種起始劑的具體例,可列舉:日本專利特開2010-262028號公報中所記載的化合物,日本專利特表2014-500852號公報的段落0345中所記載的化合物24、化合物36~化合物40及日本專利特開2013-164471號公報的段落0101中所記載的化合物(C-3)。 Alternatively, an oxime initiator having a fluorine atom may be used. Specific examples of such a starter include compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-262028, and compounds 24 and 36 described in paragraph 0345 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-500852. Compound 40 and the compound (C-3) described in paragraph 0101 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-164471.

相對於聚合性組成物的總固體成分,本發明的聚合性組成物中的聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%~30質量%,更佳為 1質量%~25質量%,進而佳為1質量%~10質量%。 The content of the polymerization initiator in the polymerizable composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% to 30% by mass relative to the total solid content of the polymerizable composition, and more preferably 1 mass% to 25 mass%, further preferably 1 mass% to 10 mass%.

<其他添加劑> <Other additives>

聚合性組成物中亦可包含顏料分散組成物、聚合性化合物及聚合起始劑以外的成分。以下示出一例。 The polymerizable composition may include components other than the pigment dispersion composition, the polymerizable compound, and the polymerization initiator. An example is shown below.

<溶剤> <Solution>

本發明的聚合性組成物較佳為含有溶剤。作為溶剤,可列舉水或有機溶剤。 The polymerizable composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Examples of solvents include water and organic solvents.

作為有機溶剤的例子,例如可列舉丙酮、甲基乙基酮、環己烷、乙酸乙酯、二氯化乙烯、四氫呋喃、甲苯、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、乙醯基丙酮、環己酮、環戊酮、二丙酮醇、乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單異丙醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丙醇、甲氧基甲氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚、3-甲氧基丙基乙酸酯、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯、乙酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯及乳酸乙酯等,但並不限定於該些。 Examples of the organic solvent include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol. Dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl acetone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ether acetate, ethylene glycol Alcohol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol Dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N, N-dimethyl ether Methylformamide, dimethylmethylene sulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, butyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, and the like are not limited thereto.

溶剤可單獨使用一種,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 Solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於將兩種以上的溶剤組合使用的情況下,特佳為由選自所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二 醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯中的兩種以上構成。 When two or more solvents are used in combination, it is particularly preferred that the solvent is selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, Ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol acetate, butyl Carbitol acetate, propylene glycol Two or more kinds of alcohol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

作為聚合性組成物中所含的溶剤的量,相對於聚合性組成物的總質量,較佳為10質量%~90質量%,更佳為20質量%~85質量%。 The amount of the solubilizer contained in the polymerizable composition is preferably 10% to 90% by mass, and more preferably 20% to 85% by mass relative to the total mass of the polymerizable composition.

<黏合劑聚合物> <Binder polymer>

本發明的聚合性組成物亦可含有黏合劑聚合物。 The polymerizable composition of the present invention may contain a binder polymer.

作為黏合劑聚合物,較佳為使用線狀有機聚合物。作為此種線狀有機聚合物,可任意地使用公知的線狀有機聚合物。較佳為為了能夠進行水顯影或弱鹼性水顯影而選擇對於水或弱鹼性水而言為可溶性或膨潤性的線狀有機聚合物。 As the binder polymer, a linear organic polymer is preferably used. As such a linear organic polymer, a well-known linear organic polymer can be used arbitrarily. It is preferred to select a linear organic polymer that is soluble or swellable with respect to water or weakly alkaline water in order to enable development with water or weakly alkaline water.

黏合劑聚合物較佳為鹼可溶性樹脂,更具體而言,可自如下鹼可溶性樹脂中適宜選擇,所述鹼可溶性樹脂為線狀有機高分子聚合物,且於分子(較佳為以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為聚羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂及丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂及丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 The binder polymer is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, and more specifically, it can be appropriately selected from the following alkali-soluble resins: the alkali-soluble resins are linear organic high-molecular polymers, The copolymer and the styrene-based copolymer have at least one group which promotes alkali solubility among the molecules). From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polysiloxane resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, and an acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resin are preferred, and from the viewpoint of controlling the developability Specifically, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.

作為促進鹼可溶性的基(以下亦稱為酸基),例如可列舉羧酸基、磷酸基、磺酸基及酚性羥基等,較佳為於有機溶剤中可溶且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液顯影者,更佳為羧酸基。作為具有此種羧酸基的重複單元,可列舉源自(甲基)丙烯酸的重複單元作為較佳者。 該些酸基可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 Examples of the group that promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as an acid group) include, for example, a carboxylic acid group, a phosphate group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. It is preferably soluble in an organic solvent and weakly alkaline. A developer in an aqueous solution is more preferably a carboxylic acid group. As a repeating unit having such a carboxylic acid group, a repeating unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid is preferred. These acid groups may be only one kind, or two or more kinds.

作為黏合劑聚合物的較佳態樣之一,較佳為具有如下SP值的黏合劑聚合物,所述SP值與所述第1分散劑的SP值及所述第2分散劑的SP值中的任一者的SP值的差的絕對值為2.0MPa1/2以內。若使用此種黏合劑聚合物,則容易與第1分散劑及第2分散劑的任一者相溶,於使用聚合性組成物而獲得的塗膜中黑色顏料容易均勻地分散於整體中,從而容易獲得所期望的效果。 As one of the preferable aspects of the binder polymer, a binder polymer having the following SP value is preferable, the SP value, the SP value of the first dispersant, and the SP value of the second dispersant. The absolute value of the difference between the SP values was within 2.0 MPa 1/2 . When such a binder polymer is used, it is easy to be compatible with any of the first dispersant and the second dispersant, and the black pigment in the coating film obtained using the polymerizable composition is easily dispersed uniformly throughout the entire body. This makes it easy to obtain the desired effect.

再者,就本發明的效果更優異的方面而言,所述差的絕對值較佳為1.5MPa1/2以內,更佳為0.5MPa1/2以內。下限並無特別限制,可列舉0。 In addition, in terms of a more excellent effect of the present invention, the absolute value of the difference is preferably within 1.5 MPa 1/2 , and more preferably within 0.5 MPa 1/2 . The lower limit is not particularly limited, and may be 0.

所謂所述差的絕對值是指由|第1分散劑的SP值-黏合劑聚合物的SP值|或|第2分散劑的SP值-黏合劑聚合物的SP值|表示的值。 The absolute value of the difference is a value represented by | SP value of the first dispersant-SP value of the binder polymer | or | SP value of second dispersant-SP value of the binder polymer |

作為黏合劑聚合物,例如可列舉:於側鏈上具有羧酸基的自由基聚合物,例如日本專利特開昭59-44615號、日本專利特公昭54-34327號、日本專利特公昭58-12577號、日本專利特公昭54-25957號、日本專利特開昭54-92723號、日本專利特開昭59-53836號及日本專利特開昭59-71048號的各公報中所記載者,即,使具有羧酸基的單體單獨或共聚而成的樹脂、將使具有酸酐的單體單獨或共聚而成的酸酐單元水解或半酯化或半醯胺化而成的樹脂、以不飽和單羧酸及酸酐將環氧樹脂改質而成的環氧丙烯酸酯等。作為具有羧酸基的單體的例子,可列舉丙烯酸、甲基丙 烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、馬來酸、富馬酸及4-羧基苯乙烯等,作為具有酸酐的單體的例子,可列舉馬來酸酐等。另外,亦可列舉同樣地於側鏈上具有羧酸基的酸性纖維素衍生物作為例子。除此以外,於具有羥基的聚合物中加成環狀酸酐而成者等有用。 Examples of the binder polymer include a radical polymer having a carboxylic acid group on a side chain, such as Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Sho 59-44615, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 54-34327, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 58-34327. It is described in various publications of Japanese Patent Publication No. 12577, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-25957, Japanese Patent Publication No. 54-92723, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-53836, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-71048. Resins obtained by singly or copolymerizing a monomer having a carboxylic acid group, resins obtained by hydrolyzing or semi-esterifying or semi-aminating an acid anhydride unit obtained by separately or copolymerizing a monomer having an acid anhydride, and unsaturated Monocarboxylic acids and anhydrides are epoxy acrylates modified from epoxy resins. Examples of the monomer having a carboxylic acid group include acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. Acrylic acid, itaconic acid, butenoic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, 4-carboxystyrene, and the like. Examples of the monomer having an acid anhydride include maleic anhydride and the like. Moreover, the acidic cellulose derivative which similarly has a carboxylic acid group in a side chain is mentioned as an example. Other than that, those obtained by adding a cyclic acid anhydride to a polymer having a hydroxyl group are useful.

另外,歐洲專利第993966號、歐洲專利第1204000號、日本專利特開2001-318463號等各公報中記載的具有酸基的縮醛改質聚乙烯基醇系黏合劑聚合物的膜強度、顯影性的平衡優異,從而較佳。 In addition, the film strength and development of an acetal-modified polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive polymer having an acid group described in various publications such as European Patent No. 993966, European Patent No. 1204000, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-318463, and development The balance of properties is excellent, so it is better.

進而,作為除此以外的水溶性線狀有機聚合物,聚乙烯基吡咯啶酮及聚環氧乙烷等有用。另外,為了提高硬化皮膜的強度,醇可溶性尼龍或作為2,2-雙-(4-羥基苯基)-丙烷與表氯醇的反應物的聚醚等亦有用。 Furthermore, as other water-soluble linear organic polymers, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene oxide, and the like are useful. In addition, in order to increase the strength of the cured film, alcohol-soluble nylon or polyether which is a reaction product of 2,2-bis- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -propane and epichlorohydrin is also useful.

該些中,特別是[(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/視需要的其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體]共聚物及[(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/視需要的其他加成聚合性乙烯基單體]共聚物的膜強度、感度及顯影性的平衡優異,從而較佳。 Among these, [benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers as needed] copolymers and [allyl (meth) acrylate / (methyl) ) Acrylic acid / other addition polymerizable vinyl monomers as needed] Copolymers are preferred because they have an excellent balance of film strength, sensitivity, and developability.

作為市售品,例如可列舉壓克力倍斯(Acrybase)FF-187、FF-426(藤倉化成公司製造),壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)-RD-F8(日本觸媒(股))及大賽璐奧奈克斯(Daicel-Allnex)(股)製造的賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P(ACA)230AA等。 Examples of commercially available products include Acrybase FF-187 and FF-426 (manufactured by Fujikura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and Acrycure-RD-F8 (Japanese Catalysts Corporation) And Cyclomer P (ACA) 230AA manufactured by Daicel-Allnex.

黏合劑聚合物的製造中例如可應用利用公知的自由基聚合法的方法。藉由自由基聚合法製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓 力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、以及溶剤的種類等等的聚合條件對於本領域技術人員而言可容易地設定,並且亦可實驗性地決定條件。 For the production of the binder polymer, for example, a method using a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Temperature and pressure when producing alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization Polymerization conditions such as the force, the type and amount of the radical initiator, and the type of solvent can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and the conditions can also be determined experimentally.

相對於聚合性組成物的總固體成分,本發明的聚合性組成物中的黏合劑聚合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~30質量%,更佳為0.3質量%~25質量%。 The content of the binder polymer in the polymerizable composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% to 30% by mass, and more preferably 0.3% to 25% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the polymerizable composition.

<其他添加劑> <Other additives>

例如,本發明的聚合性組成物中亦可包含密著劑。藉由包含密著劑,而使遮光膜對基板的密著性提高。 For example, the polymerizable composition of the present invention may contain an adhesive. The adhesion of the light-shielding film to the substrate is improved by including an adhesive.

作為密著劑,可列舉矽烷系偶合劑、鈦偶合劑等。 Examples of the adhesive include a silane-based coupling agent and a titanium coupling agent.

作為矽烷系偶合劑,可列舉:N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-甲基二甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-602)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-603)、N-β-胺基乙基-γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBE-602)、γ-胺基丙基-三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-903)、γ-胺基丙基-三乙氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBE-903)、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(信越化學工業公司製造,商品名:KBM-503)、縮水甘油氧基辛基三甲氧基矽烷等。 Examples of the silane-based coupling agent include N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-methyldimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-602), and N-β -Aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-603), N-β-aminoethyl-γ-aminopropyl-triethyl Oxysilane (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-602), γ-aminopropyl-trimethoxysilane (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-903), γ-aminopropyl -Triethoxysilane (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: KBE-903), 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KBM-503), Glycidyloxyoctyltrimethoxysilane and the like.

相對於聚合性組成物的總固體成分,密著劑的含量較佳為0.5質量%~30質量%,更佳為0.7質量%~20質量%,進而佳為0.7質量%~5質量%。 The content of the adhesive is preferably 0.5% to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.7% to 20% by mass, and still more preferably 0.7% to 5% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the polymerizable composition.

本發明的聚合性組成物中亦可包含紫外線吸收劑。藉此,可製成圖案的形狀更優異(精細)者。 The polymerizable composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. This makes it possible to produce a pattern having a more excellent (fine) shape.

作為紫外線吸收劑,可使用水楊酸酯系、二苯甲酮系、苯并三唑系、經取代的丙烯腈系、及三嗪系的紫外線吸收劑。作為該些的具體例,可使用日本專利特開2012-068418號公報的段落0137~段落0142(對應的US2012/0068292的段落0251~段落0254一欄)的化合物,可引用該些內容,且併入至本說明書中。 As the ultraviolet absorber, a salicylate-based, benzophenone-based, benzotriazole-based, substituted acrylonitrile-based, and triazine-based ultraviolet absorber can be used. As specific examples of these, compounds of paragraphs 0137 to 0142 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-068418 (corresponding to columns of paragraphs 0251 to 0254 of US2012 / 0068292) can be used, and these contents can be cited, and Into this manual.

除此以外,亦可較佳地使用二乙基胺基-苯基磺醯基系紫外線吸收劑(大東化學製造,商品名:UV-503)等。 In addition, a diethylamino-phenylsulfonyl-based ultraviolet absorber (manufactured by Daito Chemical, trade name: UV-503) and the like can also be preferably used.

作為紫外線吸收劑,可列舉日本專利特開2012-32556號公報的段落0134~段落0148中所例示的化合物。 Examples of the ultraviolet absorber include compounds exemplified in paragraphs 0134 to 0148 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-32556.

聚合性組成物可包含紫外線吸收劑,亦可不包含紫外線吸收劑,於包含的情況下,相對於組成物的總固體成分,紫外線吸收劑的含量較佳為0.001質量%~15質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~10質量%,進而佳為0.1質量%~5質量%。 The polymerizable composition may or may not include an ultraviolet absorbent. When included, the content of the ultraviolet absorbent is preferably 0.001% to 15% by mass relative to the total solid content of the composition, and more preferably 0.01 mass% to 10 mass%, further preferably 0.1 mass% to 5 mass%.

就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,聚合性組成物中亦可添加各種界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑及矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。特別是,本發明的組成物藉由含有氟系界面活性劑而使溶液特性(特別是流動性)進一步提高,因此可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。 From the viewpoint of further improving coatability, various surfactants may be added to the polymerizable composition. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a non-ionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used. In particular, the composition of the present invention further improves the solution characteristics (especially the fluidity) by containing a fluorine-based surfactant, so that it is possible to further improve the uniformity of the coating thickness or the liquid saving property.

作為氟系界面活性劑,例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、 美佳法(Megafac)F172、美佳法(Megafac)F173、美佳法(Megafac)F176、美佳法(Megafac)F177、美佳法(Megafac)F141、美佳法(Megafac)F142、美佳法(Megafac)F143、美佳法(Megafac)F144、美佳法(Megafac)R30、美佳法(Megafac)F437、美佳法(Megafac)F475、美佳法(Megafac)F479、美佳法(Megafac)F482、美佳法(Megafac)F554、美佳法(Megafac)F780、美佳法(Megafac)F781F(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),弗洛德(Fluorad)FC430、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC431、弗洛德(Fluorad)FC171(以上為住友3M(股)製造),沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-101、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-103、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-104、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-105、沙福隆(Surflon)SC1068、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-381、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-383、沙福隆(Surflon)S393、沙福隆(Surflon)KH-40(以上為旭硝子(股)製造)等。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, Megafac F141, Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Mega (Megafac) F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac (Megafac) F780, Megafac F781F (the above are manufactured by DIC), Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above (Made for Sumitomo 3M), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Sand Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon ) KH-40 (the above are manufactured by Asahi Glass).

作為其他界面活性劑的具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的段落0174~段落0177中記載的界面活性劑,將該些內容併入至本說明書中。 Specific examples of the other surfactants include, for example, the surfactants described in paragraphs 0174 to 0177 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-249417, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

界面活性劑可僅使用一種,亦可將兩種以上加以組合。 The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

相對於聚合性組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 With respect to the total mass of the polymerizable composition, the added amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass.

除所述成分以外,組成物中亦可進而添加以下成分。例如可列舉增感劑、共增感劑、交聯劑、硬化促進劑、填料、熱硬化促進劑、聚合抑制劑、塑化劑、稀釋劑、感脂化劑等,進而亦 可視需要而添加對基板表面的密著促進劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、調平劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑、香料、表面張力調整劑、鏈轉移劑等)等公知的添加劑。 In addition to the above components, the following components may be further added to the composition. Examples include sensitizers, co-sensitizers, cross-linking agents, hardening accelerators, fillers, heat hardening accelerators, polymerization inhibitors, plasticizers, diluents, and lipophilic agents. If necessary, adhesion promoters and other additives (such as conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, and surface tension) Regulators, chain transfer agents, etc.) are known additives.

該些成分例如可參考日本專利特開2012-003225號公報的段落編號0183~段落編號0228(對應的美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的[0237]~[0309])、日本專利特開2008-250074號公報的段落編號0101~段落編號0102、段落編號0103~段落編號0104、段落編號0107~段落編號0109、日本專利特開2013-195480號公報的段落編號0159~段落編號0184等的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 For these components, refer to, for example, paragraph number 0183 to paragraph number 0228 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-003225 (corresponding to [0237] to [0309] of the specification of US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), Japanese Patent Laid-Open Descriptions of paragraph numbers 0101 to 0102, paragraph number 0102, paragraph number 0103 to paragraph number 0104, paragraph number 0107 to paragraph number 0109, paragraph number 0159 to paragraph number 0184 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-195480 These contents are incorporated into the specification of this application.

<聚合性組成物的製備方法> <Method for preparing polymerizable composition>

本發明的聚合性組成物可藉由公知的混合方法(例如,攪拌機、均質機、高壓乳化裝置、濕式粉碎機、濕式分散機)將所述各種成分混合而製備。 The polymerizable composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the various components by a known mixing method (for example, a stirrer, a homogenizer, a high-pressure emulsifier, a wet pulverizer, and a wet disperser).

另外,可視需要而於製備聚合性組成物後在所述顏料分散組成物的製造時實施,亦可實施利用過濾器進行過濾的處理。 In addition, if necessary, it is carried out after the polymerizable composition is prepared during the production of the pigment-dispersed composition, and it is also possible to perform a filtration treatment with a filter.

<<遮光膜及其製造方法>> << Light-shielding film and its manufacturing method >>

藉由使用所述顏料分散組成物或聚合性組成物,可形成遮光膜。 By using the pigment dispersion composition or the polymerizable composition, a light-shielding film can be formed.

遮光膜的製造方法並無特別限制,可列舉如下方法:將所述顏料分散組成物或聚合性組成物塗佈於基板上而形成塗膜,對塗 膜實施硬化處理,從而製造遮光膜。 The method for producing the light-shielding film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of applying the pigment-dispersed composition or the polymerizable composition on a substrate to form a coating film, and The film is cured to produce a light-shielding film.

硬化處理的方法並無特別限制,可列舉光硬化處理及熱硬化處理,就容易形成圖案的方面而言,較佳為光硬化處理(特別是紫外線照射處理)。 The method of the hardening treatment is not particularly limited, and examples include a light hardening treatment and a heat hardening treatment. In terms of easy pattern formation, a photohardening treatment (particularly, an ultraviolet irradiation treatment) is preferred.

再者,所使用的基板的種類並無特別限制,可較佳地列舉固體攝像裝置內的各種構件(例如,紅外光截止濾光片)等。 In addition, the type of the substrate used is not particularly limited, and various members in the solid-state imaging device (for example, infrared cut-off filters) and the like are preferably listed.

作為製造圖案狀的遮光膜時的較佳態樣,可列舉包括以下步驟的態樣:於基板上塗佈本發明的聚合性組成物而形成組成物層的步驟(以下適宜地簡稱為「組成物層形成步驟」)、介隔遮罩對組成物層進行曝光的步驟(以下適宜地簡稱為「曝光步驟」)、以及對曝光後的組成物層進行顯影而形成遮光膜(圖案狀遮光膜)的步驟(以下適宜地簡稱為「顯影步驟」)。 As a preferable aspect when manufacturing a pattern-shaped light-shielding film, the aspect including the following steps: The process of apply | coating the polymerizable composition of this invention on a board | substrate, and forming a composition layer (henceforth simply referred to as "composition" Step of forming an object layer "), a step of exposing the composition layer through a mask (hereinafter referred to as" exposure step "as appropriate), and developing the exposed composition layer to form a light-shielding film (patterned light-shielding film ) (Hereinafter referred to as "development step" as appropriate).

具體而言,可藉由以下方式製造圖案狀的遮光膜:將本發明的聚合性組成物直接或介隔其他層塗佈於基板上,而形成組成物層(組成物層形成步驟),介隔規定的遮罩圖案進行曝光,從而僅使經光照射的塗佈膜部分硬化(曝光步驟),利用顯影液進行顯影(顯影步驟)。 Specifically, a patterned light-shielding film can be produced by coating the polymerizable composition of the present invention on a substrate directly or via another layer to form a composition layer (composition layer forming step), By exposing at predetermined mask patterns, only a portion of the coating film irradiated with light is hardened (exposure step), and development is performed with a developing solution (development step).

以下,對所述態樣中的各步驟進行說明。 Hereinafter, each step in the said aspect is demonstrated.

[組成物層形成步驟] [Composition layer forming step]

組成物層形成步驟中,於基板上塗佈聚合性組成物而形成組成物層。 In the composition layer forming step, a polymerizable composition is applied on a substrate to form a composition layer.

作為基板,例如可列舉固體攝像裝置內的各種構件(例如, 紅外光截止濾光片、固體攝像元件的外周部、晶圓級鏡頭外周部及固體攝像元件背面等)等。 Examples of the substrate include various members in a solid-state imaging device (for example, Infrared cut-off filter, outer periphery of solid-state imaging element, outer periphery of wafer-level lens, back side of solid-state imaging element, etc.).

作為於基板上塗佈聚合性組成物的方法,可應用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈及網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。 As a method for applying a polymerizable composition to a substrate, various coating methods such as a slit coating method, an inkjet method, a spin coating method, a cast coating method, a roll coating method, and a screen printing method can be applied.

塗佈於基板上的聚合性組成物通常在70℃以上且110℃以下、2分鐘以上且4分鐘以下左右的條件下進行乾燥,從而形成組成物層。 The polymerizable composition applied on the substrate is usually dried under the conditions of 70 ° C. to 110 ° C., for 2 minutes to 4 minutes, to form a composition layer.

[曝光步驟] [Exposure steps]

曝光步驟中,介隔遮罩對組成物層形成步驟中所形成的組成物層進行曝光,從而僅使經光照射的組成物層部分硬化。 In the exposing step, the composition layer formed in the composition layer forming step is exposed through a barrier mask, so that only the composition layer irradiated with light is partially hardened.

曝光較佳為藉由放射線的照射來進行,作為曝光時可使用的放射線,特別是可較佳地使用g射線、h射線、i射線等紫外線,光源較佳為高壓水銀燈。照射強度較佳為5mJ/cm2以上且1500mJ/cm2以下,更佳為10mJ/cm2以上且1000mJ/cm2以下。 The exposure is preferably performed by irradiation with radiation. As the radiation that can be used during exposure, particularly ultraviolet rays such as g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays can be preferably used. The light source is preferably a high-pressure mercury lamp. The irradiation intensity is preferably 5 mJ / cm 2 or more and 1500 mJ / cm 2 or less, and more preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 or more and 1000 mJ / cm 2 or less.

[顯影步驟] [Developing steps]

於曝光步驟之後進行顯影處理(顯影步驟),使曝光步驟中的光未照射部分溶出至顯影液(例如,鹼性水溶液)中。藉此,僅剩餘進行了光硬化的部分。 After the exposure step, a development process (development step) is performed to dissolve the unirradiated portion of light in the exposure step into a developing solution (for example, an alkaline aqueous solution). As a result, only the portion subjected to photohardening remains.

作為顯影液,理想的是有機鹼性顯影液。顯影溫度通常為20℃以上且30℃以下,顯影時間為20秒以上且90秒以下。 As the developer, an organic alkaline developer is desirable. The developing temperature is usually 20 ° C or more and 30 ° C or less, and the developing time is 20 seconds or more and 90 seconds or less.

作為鹼性水溶液,例如可列舉將作為無機系顯影液的氫氧化 鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉及偏矽酸鈉、作為有機鹼性顯影液的氨水、乙基胺、二乙基胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶及1,8-二偶氮雙環-[5,4,0]-7-十一烯等鹼性化合物以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.005質量%~0.5質量%的方式溶解而成的鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液中亦可適量添加例如甲醇及乙醇等水溶性有機溶剤及/或界面活性劑等。再者,於使用包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液的情況下,通常於顯影後利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。 Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution include hydroxides which are inorganic developing solutions. Sodium, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate, ammonia as an organic alkaline developer, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethyl hydroxide Ammonium, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, and 1,8-diazobicyclo- [ An alkaline aqueous solution in which a basic compound such as 5,4,0] -undecene is dissolved in a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.005% by mass to 0.5% by mass. An appropriate amount of a water-soluble organic solvent such as methanol and ethanol and / or a surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution. When a developer containing such an alkaline aqueous solution is used, it is usually washed (washed) with pure water after development.

再者,於進行了組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟及顯影步驟後,亦可根據需要而實施藉由加熱及/或曝光使所形成的圖案狀的遮光膜硬化的硬化步驟。 Furthermore, after performing the composition layer forming step, the exposure step, and the development step, a hardening step of hardening the formed light-shielding film by heating and / or exposure may be performed as necessary.

[膜修補步驟] [Film repair steps]

於所述顯影步驟之後,亦可視需要而實施以下所述的膜修補步驟。 After the developing step, the film repair step described below can also be performed as needed.

於實施了顯影步驟後,根據構成遮光膜的成分的種類,有時會產生側蝕。更具體而言,如圖1(A)所示,於配置於基板100上且實施了顯影處理的遮光膜102的端部,有時會產生側蝕部102a。 After the development step is performed, side etching may occur depending on the types of components constituting the light-shielding film. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1 (A), at the end portion of the light-shielding film 102 disposed on the substrate 100 and subjected to the development treatment, a side etched portion 102a may be generated.

如上所述,於去除形成有遮光膜的構件的表面的異物時,有時實施以高壓吹附清洗液而對遮光膜進行清洗的方法。此時,若存在側蝕部,則清洗液進入側蝕部,因其壓力而導致遮光膜的端 部容易產生缺陷。作為進一步抑制產生此種遮光膜的缺陷的方法,較佳為實施膜修補步驟。 As described above, when removing foreign matter on the surface of a member on which a light-shielding film is formed, a method of cleaning the light-shielding film by blowing a cleaning solution under high pressure may be performed. At this time, if there is a side etched part, the cleaning liquid enters the side etched part, and the end of the light shielding film is caused by the pressure. Parts are prone to defects. As a method for further suppressing the occurrence of defects of such a light-shielding film, it is preferable to perform a film repair step.

作為膜修補步驟的程序,首先將修補膜形成用組成物(保護層形成用組成物)塗佈於遮光膜上,而於遮光膜上形成修補膜(保護層)。更具體而言,如圖1(B)所示,藉由塗佈而於遮光膜102上形成修補膜104。藉由塗佈而形成的修補膜104並不僅僅配置於遮光膜102的與基板100側為相反側的表面上,而且以掩埋遮光膜102的端部的側蝕部102a的方式配置。 As a procedure of the film repairing step, a composition for forming a repairing film (composition for forming a protective layer) is first coated on a light-shielding film, and a repairing film (protective layer) is formed on the light-shielding film. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1 (B), a repair film 104 is formed on the light shielding film 102 by coating. The repair film 104 formed by coating is not only disposed on the surface of the light shielding film 102 on the side opposite to the substrate 100 side, but is also disposed so as to bury the side etched portions 102 a at the ends of the light shielding film 102.

其次,實施蝕刻處理而將修補膜去除。更具體而言,如圖1(C)所示,自修補膜104上實施蝕刻處理。藉由實施蝕刻處理,如圖1(D)所示,遮光膜102發揮所謂的遮罩的功能,結果,以掩埋側蝕部102a的方式而修補膜104殘存。因此,所得的遮光膜的端部的缺陷更難以產生。 Next, an etching process is performed to remove the repair film. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1 (C), an etching process is performed on the self-repair film 104. By performing the etching process, as shown in FIG. 1 (D), the light-shielding film 102 functions as a so-called mask, and as a result, the repair film 104 remains to bury the side etched portion 102a. Therefore, defects at the end portions of the obtained light-shielding film are more difficult to occur.

即,膜修補步驟具有將修補膜形成用組成物塗佈於遮光膜上,而於遮光膜上形成修補膜的步驟(膜形成步驟)、以及實施蝕刻處理的步驟(蝕刻步驟)。 That is, the film repair step includes a step (film formation step) of applying a composition for forming a repair film on a light-shielding film to form a repair film on the light-shielding film, and a step (etching step) of performing an etching process.

以下,對該些步驟中所使用的材料或其程序進行詳細敍述。 The materials used in these steps or their procedures are described in detail below.

(膜形成步驟) (Film formation step)

本步驟是將修補膜形成用組成物塗佈於遮光膜上,而於遮光膜上形成修補膜的步驟。 This step is a step of applying the composition for forming a repair film on a light-shielding film, and forming a repair film on the light-shielding film.

作為本步驟中所使用的修補膜形成用組成物中所含的材料,若為可於遮光膜上形成塗膜(修補膜)的材料(塗膜形成材料), 則並無特別限制,較佳為具有聚合性基的化合物。作為聚合性基,可列舉自由基聚合性基及陽離子聚合性基。再者,具有聚合性基的化合物可為低分子化合物,亦可為高分子化合物,就塗膜的形成性的方面而言,較佳為低分子化合物。 As a material contained in the repair film forming composition used in this step, if it is a material (coating film forming material) that can form a coating film (repair film) on the light-shielding film, Although it does not specifically limit, A compound which has a polymerizable group is preferable. Examples of the polymerizable group include a radical polymerizable group and a cation polymerizable group. The compound having a polymerizable group may be a low-molecular compound or a high-molecular compound. In terms of the formability of the coating film, a low-molecular compound is preferred.

再者,此處所謂低分子化合物是指分子量小於1000的化合物,所謂高分子化合物是指分子量為1000以上的化合物。 The low-molecular compound herein refers to a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1,000, and the high-molecular compound refers to a compound having a molecular weight of 1,000 or more.

具有聚合性基的化合物的種類並無特別限制,可使用公知的化合物,就透明性的方面而言,較佳為使用(甲基)丙烯酸單體(包含丙烯酸單體及甲基丙烯酸單體)、環氧單體。 The type of the compound having a polymerizable group is not particularly limited, and a known compound can be used. In terms of transparency, a (meth) acrylic monomer (including an acrylic monomer and a methacrylic monomer) is preferably used. , Epoxy monomer.

另外,作為具有聚合性基的高分子化合物(具有聚合性基的有機樹脂),例如可列舉日本專利特開2000-187322號公報及日本專利特開2002-62698號公報中所記載的於側鏈上具有雙鍵的鹼可溶性樹脂。作為樹脂的具體例,可列舉:蒂阿諾(Dianal)NR系列(三菱麗陽(Mitsubishi Rayon)股份有限公司製造),佛陀瑪(Photomer)6173(含COOH的聚胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸寡聚物(polyurethane acrylic oligomer),戴蒙德.沙姆洛克股份有限公司(Diamond Shamrock Co.Ltd.,)製造),比斯克(Biscoat)R-264、KS抗蝕劑106(均為大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造),賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P ACA230AA等賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P系列、普拉克賽爾(PLACCEL)CF200系列(均為大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業股份有限公司製造),艾巴克力(Ebecryl)3800(大賽璐UCB(Daicel UCB)股份有限公司製造)等。 Examples of the polymer compound having a polymerizable group (organic resin having a polymerizable group) include a side chain described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-187322 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-62698. Alkali-soluble resin with a double bond on it. Specific examples of the resin include Dianal NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.), and Photomer 6173 (polyurethane acrylic oligomer containing COOH) (Polyurethane acrylic oligomer, manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co. Ltd.), Biscoat R-264, KS resist 106 (both Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (Manufactured by the company), Cyclomer P ACA230AA and other Cyclomer P series, Placcel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Ai Ebecryl 3800 (manufactured by Daicel UCB).

為了提高塗佈性,修補膜形成用組成物中亦可包含溶剤(例:水或有機溶剤)。 In order to improve the coating property, a solvent (for example, water or an organic solvent) may be contained in the composition for repair film formation.

另外,修補膜組成物中亦可包含聚合起始劑(例如,光聚合起始劑、熱聚合起始劑)。作為聚合起始劑,可列舉所述聚合性組成物中可包含的聚合起始劑。 The repair film composition may include a polymerization initiator (for example, a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator). Examples of the polymerization initiator include a polymerization initiator that can be contained in the polymerizable composition.

作為修補膜形成用組成物的較佳態樣之一,可列舉包含具有聚合性基的化合物、有機樹脂、聚合起始劑及溶剤的組成物。 One of the preferable aspects of the composition for repair film formation includes a composition containing a compound having a polymerizable group, an organic resin, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent.

另外,作為修補膜形成用組成物,例如可使用彩色濾光片用基底劑組成物,可列舉日本專利特開2010-77273號公報、日本專利特開2006-077098號公報中所記載者。 In addition, as the composition for forming a repair film, for example, a base agent composition for a color filter can be used, and those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-77273 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-077098 can be mentioned.

塗佈修補膜形成用組成物的方法並無特別限制,可採用公知的方法,可列舉所述組成物層形成步驟中所敍述的塗佈方法。 The method for applying the composition for forming a repair film is not particularly limited, and a known method may be adopted, and the coating method described in the composition layer forming step may be mentioned.

再者,於塗佈修補膜形成用組成物後,亦可視需要而實施用以去除溶剤的乾燥處理。作為乾燥處理的方法,可列舉加熱處理(預烘烤處理)或風乾處理等。 Furthermore, after the composition for forming a repair film is applied, a drying process to remove the solvent may be performed as necessary. As a method of a drying process, heat processing (pre-baking process), air-drying process, etc. are mentioned.

(蝕刻步驟) (Etching step)

本步驟是對由所述步驟中所製作的修補膜包覆的遮光膜實施蝕刻處理的步驟。 This step is a step of performing an etching process on the light-shielding film covered with the repair film produced in the step.

蝕刻處理的方法並無特別限制,可採用公知的方法。其中,較佳為使用蝕刻氣體的乾式蝕刻法(更具體而言,利用對蝕刻氣體進行了激發而成的電漿氣體的乾式蝕刻法)。 The method of the etching treatment is not particularly limited, and a known method can be adopted. Among them, a dry etching method using an etching gas (more specifically, a dry etching method using a plasma gas obtained by exciting the etching gas) is preferred.

蝕刻氣體的種類並無特別限制,可列舉氦(He)、氖(Ne)、 氬(Ar)、氪(Kr)、氙(Xe)等稀有氣體,包含氯原子、氟原子、溴原子等鹵素原子的鹵素系氣體(例如,CCl4、CClF3、AlF3、AlCl3等),H2,N2,O2,CO及CO2等,可僅使用一種,亦可一併使用兩種以上。其中,作為蝕刻氣體,較佳為選自由氧氣、稀有氣體(特別是氬)、氫氣及氮氣所組成的群組中的氣體。 The type of the etching gas is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include rare gases such as helium (He), neon (Ne), argon (Ar), krypton (Kr), and xenon (Xe), and include halogens such as a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, and a bromine atom. Atomic halogen-based gases (for example, CCl 4 , CClF 3 , AlF 3 , AlCl 3, etc.), H 2 , N 2 , O 2 , CO, and CO 2, etc., may be used alone or in combination of two or more . Among them, the etching gas is preferably a gas selected from the group consisting of oxygen, a rare gas (especially argon), hydrogen, and nitrogen.

乾式蝕刻處理的條件根據修補膜的材料而不同,通常,作為氣體的合計流量(總氣體流量),較佳為1500mL/min(0℃、1013hPa)以下,更佳為500mL/min(0℃、1013hPa)~1000mL/min(0℃、1013hPa)。 Conditions for the dry etching process vary depending on the material of the repair film. Generally, the total flow rate (total gas flow rate) of the gas is preferably 1500 mL / min (0 ° C, 1013 hPa) or less, and more preferably 500 mL / min (0 ° C, 1013hPa) ~ 1000mL / min (0 ℃, 1013hPa).

作為源功率(射頻(Radio Frequency,RF)功率)與偏壓的關係,較佳為RF功率/上部偏壓/電極偏壓分別為600W~1000W/300W~500W/300W~500W,更佳為RF功率/上部偏壓/電極偏壓分別為700W~900W/350W~450W/350W~450W。 As the relationship between source power (radio frequency (RF) power) and bias, RF power / upper bias / electrode bias are preferably 600W ~ 1000W / 300W ~ 500W / 300W ~ 500W, more preferably RF The power / upper bias / electrode bias are 700W ~ 900W / 350W ~ 450W / 350W ~ 450W.

作為乾式蝕刻處理的時間,較佳為於10分鐘以內進行蝕刻處理,更佳為於7分鐘以內進行處理。 As the time of the dry etching process, the etching process is preferably performed within 10 minutes, and more preferably, the process is performed within 7 minutes.

乾式蝕刻處理中的腔室的內部壓力較佳為1.0Pa~5.0Pa,更佳為2.0Pa~4.0Pa. The internal pressure of the chamber in the dry etching process is preferably 1.0 Pa to 5.0 Pa, and more preferably 2.0 Pa to 4.0 Pa.

乾式蝕刻處理時的載台(載置實施乾式蝕刻處理的對象物的載台)的溫度較佳為控制為30℃~100℃。 The temperature of the stage (the stage on which the object to be subjected to the dry etching process is placed) during the dry etching process is preferably controlled to 30 ° C to 100 ° C.

再者,作為塗膜形成材料,於使用具有聚合性基的化合物的情況下,亦可視需要而於所述膜形成步驟之後且蝕刻步驟之前、或蝕刻步驟之後實施硬化處理。藉由實施硬化處理,將側蝕 部掩埋的具有聚合性基的化合物發生聚合而硬化,修補膜不易自遮光膜剝離,從而進一步抑制遮光膜的缺陷的產生。 In addition, when a compound having a polymerizable group is used as the coating film forming material, a hardening treatment may be performed after the film forming step and before the etching step or after the etching step, if necessary. Undercutting is performed by hardening The partially buried compound having a polymerizable group is polymerized and hardened, and the repair film is not easily peeled from the light-shielding film, thereby further suppressing the occurrence of defects in the light-shielding film.

硬化處理的方法並無特別限制,可列舉熱硬化處理(後烘烤處理)、光硬化處理等。再者,熱硬化處理的加熱條件並無特別限制,根據所使用的修補膜的種類來選擇適宜的最佳條件,就硬化性的方面而言,較佳為在100℃下實施1小時以上的加熱處理。 The method of the hardening treatment is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heat hardening treatment (post-baking treatment) and a light hardening treatment. In addition, the heating conditions for the thermal hardening treatment are not particularly limited, and appropriate optimum conditions are selected according to the type of the repair film to be used. In terms of hardenability, it is preferably performed at 100 ° C for 1 hour or more. Heat treatment.

<<固體攝像裝置>> << Solid-state imaging device >>

所述遮光膜可較佳地應用於固體攝像裝置。 The light-shielding film can be preferably applied to a solid-state imaging device.

以下,首先對具有本發明的遮光膜的固體攝像裝置的第1實施形態進行詳細敍述。 Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a solid-state imaging device including a light-shielding film of the present invention will be described in detail.

如圖2及圖3所示,固體攝像裝置2具備:作為固體攝像元件的CMOS感測器3、安裝有該CMOS感測器3的電路基板4及對電路基板4加以保持的陶瓷製的陶瓷基板5。另外,固體攝像裝置2具備:保持於陶瓷基板5的、將朝向CMOS感測器3的紅外光(Infrared Ray,IR)截止的IR截止濾光片6,攝影鏡頭7,對該攝像鏡頭7加以保持的鏡頭支架8及將該鏡頭支架8自由移動地加以保持的保持筒9。另外,亦可設置CCD感測器或有機CMOS感測器代替CMOS感測器3。 As shown in FIGS. 2 and 3, the solid-state imaging device 2 includes a CMOS sensor 3 as a solid-state imaging element, a circuit board 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted, and ceramic ceramics holding the circuit board 4. Substrate 5. In addition, the solid-state imaging device 2 includes an IR cut filter 6 held by a ceramic substrate 5 and cutting infrared rays (IR) toward the CMOS sensor 3, a photographing lens 7, and an imaging lens 7. The held lens holder 8 and a holding tube 9 holding the lens holder 8 freely. In addition, a CCD sensor or an organic CMOS sensor may be provided instead of the CMOS sensor 3.

陶瓷基板5形成有供CMOS感測器3插入的開口5a,且為框狀,並包圍CMOS感測器3的側面。於該狀態下,安裝有CMOS感測器3的電路基板4藉由接著劑(例如,環氧系接著劑,以下相同)固定於陶瓷基板5。電路基板4上形成有各種電路圖案。 The ceramic substrate 5 is formed with an opening 5 a into which the CMOS sensor 3 is inserted, has a frame shape, and surrounds a side surface of the CMOS sensor 3. In this state, the circuit substrate 4 on which the CMOS sensor 3 is mounted is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 with an adhesive (for example, an epoxy-based adhesive, the same applies hereinafter). Various circuit patterns are formed on the circuit substrate 4.

IR截止濾光片6於板狀的玻璃或藍玻璃上形成有反射紅外光的反射膜,形成有該反射膜的面為入射面6a。IR截止濾光片6以比開口5a大一周的尺寸而形成,並以覆蓋開口5a的方式藉由接著劑固定於陶瓷基板5。 The IR cut filter 6 has a reflective film that reflects infrared light on a plate-shaped glass or blue glass, and the surface on which the reflective film is formed is an incident surface 6a. The IR cut filter 6 is formed to have a size larger than that of the opening 5a, and is fixed to the ceramic substrate 5 with an adhesive so as to cover the opening 5a.

於攝影鏡頭7的背後(圖3及圖4中的下方)配置有CMOS感測器3,於攝影鏡頭7與CMOS感測器3之間配置有IR截止濾光片6。被攝體的光是通過攝影鏡頭7、IR截止濾光片6而入射至CMOS感測器3的受光面。此時,紅外光由IR截止濾光片6截止。 A CMOS sensor 3 is disposed behind the photographing lens 7 (lower in FIGS. 3 and 4), and an IR cut filter 6 is disposed between the photographing lens 7 and the CMOS sensor 3. The light of the subject is incident on the light receiving surface of the CMOS sensor 3 through the imaging lens 7 and the IR cut filter 6. At this time, the infrared light is cut off by the IR cut filter 6.

電路基板4與設置於搭載有固體攝像裝置2的電子機器(例如,數位相機)的控制部相連接,自電子機器向固體攝像裝置2供給電力。CMOS感測器3於受光面上二維地排列有多個彩色畫素,各彩色畫素對入射光進行光電轉換,並積蓄所產生的信號電荷。 The circuit board 4 is connected to a control unit provided in an electronic device (for example, a digital camera) on which the solid-state imaging device 2 is mounted, and supplies power from the electronic device to the solid-state imaging device 2. The CMOS sensor 3 has a plurality of color pixels arranged two-dimensionally on a light-receiving surface, and each color pixel photoelectrically converts incident light and accumulates a generated signal charge.

如圖3及圖4所示,於IR截止濾光片6的入射面6a的端部遍及整周而配置有所述遮光膜(遮光層)11,從而形成附遮光膜的紅外光截止濾光片。自攝影鏡頭7射出且經陶瓷基板5的前表面(圖3及圖4中的上面)反射的反射光R1於在裝置內重複地反射或折射後入射至CMOS感測器3的情況、或自攝影鏡頭7射出且經鏡頭支架8的內壁面反射的反射光R2於入射至CMOS感測器3的情況下,成為攝影圖像中產生光斑(flare)的原因。遮光膜11對朝向CMOS感測器3的反射光R1、反射光R2等有害光進行遮光。遮光膜11藉由例如旋塗法、噴塗法來塗佈。再者, 圖3及圖4中誇張描繪了遮光膜11的厚度。 As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, the light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 11 is arranged at the end of the incident surface 6 a of the IR-cut filter 6 over the entire circumference to form an infrared light-cut filter with a light-shielding film. sheet. A case where the reflected light R1 emitted from the photographing lens 7 and reflected by the front surface (the upper surface in FIGS. 3 and 4) of the ceramic substrate 5 is repeatedly reflected or refracted in the device and is incident on the CMOS sensor 3, or When the reflected light R2 emitted from the photographing lens 7 and reflected by the inner wall surface of the lens holder 8 enters the CMOS sensor 3, it becomes a cause of flare in a photographed image. The light-shielding film 11 shields harmful light such as reflected light R1 and reflected light R2 toward the CMOS sensor 3. The light-shielding film 11 is applied by, for example, a spin coating method or a spray coating method. Furthermore, The thickness of the light shielding film 11 is exaggeratedly depicted in FIGS. 3 and 4.

圖5中示出第2實施形態的固體攝像裝置20。再者,對與第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置相同的構成構件標注相同的符號,並省略其詳細說明。 FIG. 5 shows a solid-state imaging device 20 according to a second embodiment. In addition, the same components as those of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted.

固體攝像裝置20具備:CMOS感測器3、電路基板4、陶瓷基板5、IR截止濾光片6、攝影鏡頭7、鏡頭支架8及保持筒9。於IR截止濾光片6的側端面遍及整周而形成有所述遮光膜(遮光層)21。自攝影鏡頭7射出且經陶瓷基板5的前表面反射的反射光R3於在裝置內重複地反射或折射後入射至CMOS感測器3的情況下,成為攝影圖像中產生光斑的原因。遮光膜21對朝向CMOS感測器3的反射光R3等有害光進行遮光。 The solid-state imaging device 20 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding tube 9. The light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 21 is formed on the side end surface of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference. When the reflected light R3 emitted from the photographing lens 7 and reflected by the front surface of the ceramic substrate 5 is repeatedly reflected or refracted in the device and incident on the CMOS sensor 3, it becomes a cause of a flare in a photographed image. The light-shielding film 21 shields harmful light such as reflected light R3 toward the CMOS sensor 3.

圖6中示出第3實施形態的固體攝像裝置30。再者,對與第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置相同的構成構件標注相同的符號,並省略其詳細說明。 FIG. 6 shows a solid-state imaging device 30 according to a third embodiment. In addition, the same components as those of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed descriptions thereof are omitted.

固體攝像裝置30具備:CMOS感測器3、電路基板4、陶瓷基板5、IR截止濾光片6、攝影鏡頭7、鏡頭支架8及保持筒9。於IR截止濾光片6的入射面6a的端部及側端面遍及整周而形成有所述遮光膜(遮光層)31。即,成為將第1實施形態、第2實施形態加以組合而成的固體攝像裝置。該實施形態較第1實施形態、第2實施形態而言遮光性能高,因此確實地抑制光斑的產生。 The solid-state imaging device 30 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit board 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding tube 9. The light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 31 is formed on the end portion and the side end surface of the incident surface 6 a of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference. That is, the solid-state imaging device is a combination of the first embodiment and the second embodiment. This embodiment has higher light-shielding performance than the first embodiment and the second embodiment, and therefore reliably suppresses the occurrence of light spots.

圖7中示出第4實施形態的固體攝像裝置40。再者,對與第1實施形態的固體攝像裝置相同的構成構件標注相同的符 號,並省略其詳細說明。 FIG. 7 shows a solid-state imaging device 40 according to a fourth embodiment. The same components as those of the solid-state imaging device according to the first embodiment are denoted by the same symbols. Number, and its detailed description is omitted.

固體攝像裝置40具備:CMOS感測器3、電路基板4、陶瓷基板5、IR截止濾光片6、攝影鏡頭7、鏡頭支架8及保持筒9。於IR截止濾光片6的入射面6a的端部及側端面遍及整周而形成有所述遮光膜(遮光層)31。 The solid-state imaging device 40 includes a CMOS sensor 3, a circuit substrate 4, a ceramic substrate 5, an IR cut filter 6, a photographing lens 7, a lens holder 8, and a holding tube 9. The light-shielding film (light-shielding layer) 31 is formed on the end portion and the side end surface of the incident surface 6 a of the IR cut filter 6 over the entire circumference.

另外,於陶瓷基板5的內壁面形成有遮光膜(遮光層)41。自攝影鏡頭7射出、通過IR截止濾光片6而經陶瓷基板5的內壁面反射的反射光於入射至CMOS感測器3的情況下,成為攝影圖像中產生光斑的原因。遮光膜41較陶瓷基板5的內壁面而言遮光性能高,因此確實地抑制光斑的產生。 A light shielding film (light shielding layer) 41 is formed on the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5. When the reflected light emitted from the photographing lens 7 and reflected by the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5 through the IR cut filter 6 is incident on the CMOS sensor 3, it causes a flare in a photographed image. The light-shielding film 41 has higher light-shielding performance than the inner wall surface of the ceramic substrate 5, and therefore reliably suppresses the occurrence of light spots.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,對本發明進一步具體地進行說明,本發明只要不超出其主旨,則並不限定於以下實施例。再者,只要未作特別說明,則「份」「%」為質量基準。另外,室溫是指25℃。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically. The present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as the present invention is not exceeded. In addition, unless otherwise specified, "part" and "%" are quality standards. The room temperature means 25 ° C.

再者,關於本實施例,分別於後述的分散物的製備後及後述的組成物的製備後,均使用日本頗爾(Pall)製造的DFA4201NXEY(0.45μm尼龍過濾器)來進行過濾。 In this example, DFA4201NXEY (0.45 μm nylon filter) manufactured by Japan Pall was used for filtration after the preparation of the dispersion described below and the preparation of the composition described below, respectively.

<<實施例A>> << Example A >>

<鈦黑分散物的製備> <Preparation of Titanium Black Dispersion>

-鈦黑A-1的製作- -Production of Titanium Black A-1-

秤量120g的BET比表面積為110m2/g的氧化鈦TTO-51N(商品名,石原產業製造)、25g的BET比表面積為300m2/g的二氧 化矽粒子埃洛希爾(AEROSIL)300(注冊商標)300/30(贏創(Evonik)製造)及100g的分散劑迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)190(商品名,畢克化學(BYK-Chemie)公司製造),並添加71g的離子電氣交換水,使用倉紡(KURABO)製造的梅澤斯塔(MAZERSTAR)KK-400W,以公轉轉數1360rpm、自轉轉數1047rpm對混合物進行30分鐘處理,藉此獲得均勻的水溶液。將該水溶液填充至石英容器中,使用小型回轉爐(rotary kiln)(本山(Motoyama)股份有限公司製造)於氧氣環境中加熱至920℃。之後,利用氮氣對小型回轉爐內進行環境置換,於同溫度下使氨氣以100mL/min於小型回轉爐內流通5小時,藉此實施氮化還原處理。利用研缽將結束後所回收的粉末粉碎,獲得包含Si原子且粉末狀的比表面積為85m2/g的鈦黑(A-1)[包含鈦黑粒子及Si原子的被分散體]。 Weighing 120g BET specific surface area of 110m 2 / g of titanium oxide TTO-51N (trade name, manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo), 25g BET specific surface area of 300m 2 / g of silicon dioxide particles halloysite Hill (AEROSIL) 300 ( (Registered trademark) 300/30 (manufactured by Evonik) and 100 g of dispersant Disperbyk 190 (trade name, manufactured by BYK-Chemie), and added 71 g of ionized electrical Water was exchanged, and the mixture was treated with MAZERSTAR KK-400W manufactured by KURABO at 1360 rpm and 1047 rpm for 30 minutes to obtain a uniform aqueous solution. This aqueous solution was filled in a quartz container, and heated to 920 ° C in an oxygen environment using a small rotary kiln (manufactured by Motoyama Co., Ltd.). After that, the environment in the small-scale rotary furnace was replaced with nitrogen, and ammonia gas was allowed to flow in the small-scale rotary furnace at 100 mL / min at the same temperature for 5 hours, thereby performing a nitriding reduction treatment. The powder recovered after completion was pulverized in a mortar to obtain titanium black (A-1) [a dispersion containing titanium black particles and Si atoms] containing Si atoms and having a powder-like specific surface area of 85 m 2 / g.

<第1顏料分散物的製備> <Preparation of the first pigment dispersion>

使用攪拌機(IKA公司製造的歐洲之星(EUROSTAR))將下述組成1所示的成分混合15分鐘,獲得分散物a。 Using a blender (Eurostar manufactured by IKA), the components shown in the following composition 1 were mixed for 15 minutes to obtain a dispersion a.

再者,以下記載的高分子化合物(G1)是參照日本專利特開2013-249417號公報的記載而合成。再者,高分子化合物(G1)的式中,x為30質量%,y為20質量%,z為50質量%。另外,高分子化合物(G1)的重量平均分子量為30000,酸價為60mgKOH/g,接枝鏈的原子數(氫原子除外)為117。 The polymer compound (G1) described below was synthesized by referring to the description in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-249417. In the formula of the polymer compound (G1), x is 30% by mass, y is 20% by mass, and z is 50% by mass. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound (G1) was 30,000, the acid value was 60 mgKOH / g, and the number of atoms (excluding hydrogen atoms) of the graft chain was 117.

(組成1) (Composition 1)

Figure TWI675889B_D0018
Figure TWI675889B_D0018

使用新丸企業(Shinmaru Enterprises)(股)製造的NPM-Pilot於下述條件下對所得的分散物a進行分散處理,獲得第1顏料分散物。 The obtained dispersion a was subjected to a dispersion treatment using NPM-Pilot manufactured by Shinmaru Enterprises Co., Ltd. under the following conditions to obtain a first pigment dispersion.

(分散條件) (Dispersion conditions)

.珠粒徑:Φ0.05mm,氧化鋯製 . Bead size: Φ0.05mm, made of zirconia

.珠粒填充率:65體積% . Filling rate of beads: 65% by volume

.研磨周速:10m/sec . Grinding peripheral speed: 10m / sec

.分離器周速:11m/s . Separator peripheral speed: 11m / s

.分散處理的混合液量:15kg . Dispersed mixed liquid: 15kg

.循環流量(泵供給量):60kg/hour . Circulation flow (pump supply): 60kg / hour

.處理液溫度:19℃~21℃ . Treatment liquid temperature: 19 ℃ ~ 21 ℃

.冷卻水:水 . Cooling water: water

.通過次數:90次 . Number of passes: 90 times

<第2顏料分散物(1)的製備> <Preparation of the second pigment dispersion (1)>

使用以下的高分子化合物(X1)代替高分子化合物(G1),除此以外,依據與所述<第1顏料分散物的製備>相同的程序來製備第2顏料分散物(1)。 Except having used the following polymer compound (X1) instead of the polymer compound (G1), the 2nd pigment dispersion (1) was prepared according to the same procedure as the said <preparation of a 1st pigment dispersion>.

再者,以下所記載的高分子化合物(X1)是參照日本專利特開2014-177614號公報的記載而合成。再者,高分子化合物(X1)的重量平均分子量為7000,酸價為80mgKOH/g。 The polymer compound (X1) described below was synthesized by referring to the description in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-177614. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound (X1) was 7000, and the acid value was 80 mgKOH / g.

Figure TWI675889B_D0019
Figure TWI675889B_D0019

<第2顏料分散物(2)的製備> <Preparation of the second pigment dispersion (2)>

使用以下的高分子化合物(X2)代替高分子化合物(G1),除此以外,依據與所述<第1顏料分散物的製備>相同的程序來 製備第2顏料分散物(2)。 Except that the following polymer compound (X2) was used instead of the polymer compound (G1), the procedure was the same as the procedure for <Preparation of the first pigment dispersion>. A second pigment dispersion (2) was prepared.

Figure TWI675889B_D0020
Figure TWI675889B_D0020

再者,所述高分子化合物(X2)是參照日本專利特開2014-177614號公報的記載而合成。再者,高分子化合物(X2)的重量平均分子量為6900,酸價為82mgKOH/g。 The polymer compound (X2) is synthesized by referring to the description in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-177614. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound (X2) was 6,900, and the acid value was 82 mgKOH / g.

<第2顏料分散物(3)的製備> <Preparation of the second pigment dispersion (3)>

使用以下的高分子化合物(X3)代替高分子化合物(G1),除此以外,依據與所述<第1顏料分散物的製備>相同的程序來製備第2顏料分散物(3)。 Except having used the following polymer compound (X3) instead of the polymer compound (G1), the 2nd pigment dispersion (3) was prepared according to the same procedure as the said <preparation of a 1st pigment dispersion>.

[化20]

Figure TWI675889B_D0021
[Chemical 20]
Figure TWI675889B_D0021

再者,所述高分子化合物(X3)是參照日本專利特開2014-177614號公報的記載而合成。再者,高分子化合物(X3)的重量平均分子量為7300,酸價為82mgKOH/g。 The polymer compound (X3) is synthesized by referring to the description in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-177614. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound (X3) was 7,300, and the acid value was 82 mgKOH / g.

<第2顏料分散物(4)的製備> <Preparation of the second pigment dispersion (4)>

使用以下的高分子化合物(X4)代替高分子化合物(G1),除此以外,依據與所述<第1顏料分散物的製備>相同的程序來製備第2顏料分散物(4)。 Except having used the following polymer compound (X4) instead of the polymer compound (G1), the 2nd pigment dispersion (4) was prepared according to the same procedure as the said <preparation of a 1st pigment dispersion>.

[化21]

Figure TWI675889B_D0022
[Chemical 21]
Figure TWI675889B_D0022

再者,所述高分子化合物(X4)是參照日本專利特開2014-177614號公報的記載而合成。再者,高分子化合物(X4)的重量平均分子量為6800,酸價為81mgKOH/g。 The polymer compound (X4) is synthesized by referring to the description in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-177614. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound (X4) was 6,800, and the acid value was 81 mgKOH / g.

<聚合性組成物(1)的製備> <Preparation of polymerizable composition (1)>

將所述第1顏料分散物及第2顏料分散物(1)混合而製造顏料分散組成物,進而添加聚合性化合物等各種成分,製造以下組成的聚合性組合物(1)。再者,以下的壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)-RD-F8相當於黏合劑聚合物,SP值為20MPa1/2The first pigment dispersion and the second pigment dispersion (1) are mixed to produce a pigment dispersion composition, and various components such as a polymerizable compound are further added to produce a polymerizable composition (1) having the following composition. In addition, the following acrylic-RD-F8 is equivalent to a binder polymer, and SP value is 20 MPa 1/2 .

鈦黑(A-1) 10質量份 Titanium black (A-1) 10 parts by mass

高分子化合物(G1) 4.2質量份 Polymer compound (G1) 4.2 parts by mass

高分子化合物(X1) 2.2質量份 Polymer compound (X1) 2.2 parts by mass

壓克力庫亞(Acrycure)-RD-F8(日本觸媒(股),固體成分40%,溶劑:丙二醇單甲醚) 2.2質量份 Acrycure-RD-F8 (Japanese Catalyst (stock), solid content 40%, solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether) 2.2 parts by mass

卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥) 5.4質量份 KAYARAD DPHA (Nippon Kayaku) 5.4 parts by mass

豔佳固(Irgacure)OXE02(日本巴斯夫(BASF Japan)公司 製造) 1.5質量份 Irgacure OXE02 (BASF Japan) (Production) 1.5 parts by mass

美佳法(Megafac)F-781F(迪愛生(DIC)股份有限公司製造,含氟聚合物型界面活性劑) 0.03質量份 Megafac F-781F (manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluoropolymer type surfactant) 0.03 parts by mass

對甲氧基苯酚 0.003質量份 0.003 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol

縮水甘油氧基辛基三甲氧基矽烷 1.3質量份 Glycidyloxyoctyltrimethoxysilane 1.3 parts by mass

丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 30.8質量份 30.8 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate

乙酸丁酯 11.8質量份 11.8 parts by mass of butyl acetate

二丙二醇二甲醚 32.3質量份 32.3 parts by mass of dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether

<聚合性組成物(2)的製備> <Preparation of polymerizable composition (2)>

使用第2顏料分散物(2)代替第2顏料分散物(1),除此以外,依據與所述<聚合性組成物(1)的製備>相同的程序來製備聚合性組成物(2)。 A polymerizable composition (2) was prepared in accordance with the same procedure as in the <Preparation of the polymerizable composition (1)> except that the second pigment dispersion (2) was used instead of the second pigment dispersion (1). .

再者,聚合性組成物(1)與聚合性組成物(2)的不同僅在於使用高分子化合物(X2)代替高分子化合物(X1)的方面,各成分的含有比相同。 The polymerizable composition (1) differs from the polymerizable composition (2) only in that the polymer compound (X2) is used instead of the polymer compound (X1), and the content ratios of the respective components are the same.

<聚合性組成物(3)的製備> <Preparation of polymerizable composition (3)>

使用第2顏料分散物(3)代替第2顏料分散物(1),除此以外,依據與所述<聚合性組成物(1)的製備>相同的程序來製備聚合性組成物(3)。 A polymerizable composition (3) was prepared according to the same procedure as in the <Preparation of the polymerizable composition (1)> except that the second pigment dispersion (3) was used instead of the second pigment dispersion (1). .

再者,聚合性組成物(1)與聚合性組成物(3)的不同僅在於使用高分子化合物(X3)代替高分子化合物(X1)的方面,各成分的含有比相同。 The polymerizable composition (1) differs from the polymerizable composition (3) only in that the polymer compound (X3) is used instead of the polymer compound (X1), and the content ratios of the respective components are the same.

<聚合性組成物(4)的製備> <Preparation of polymerizable composition (4)>

使用第2顏料分散物(4)代替第2顏料分散物(1),除此以外,依據與所述<聚合性組成物(1)的製備>相同的程序來製備聚合性組成物(4)。 A polymerizable composition (4) was prepared in accordance with the same procedure as in the <Preparation of the polymerizable composition (1)> except that the second pigment dispersion (4) was used instead of the second pigment dispersion (1). .

再者,聚合性組成物(1)與聚合性組成物(4)的不同僅在於使用高分子化合物(X4)代替高分子化合物(X1)的方面,各成分的含有比相同。 The polymerizable composition (1) differs from the polymerizable composition (4) only in that the polymer compound (X4) is used instead of the polymer compound (X1), and the content ratio of each component is the same.

<遮光膜的製作> <Fabrication of Light-shielding Film>

使用塗佈.顯影機(coater.developer)ACT(TEL製造)藉由旋塗法將所述製作的各聚合性組成物塗佈於IR截止濾光片的入射面,然後使用100℃的加熱板進行120秒鐘加熱處理(預烘烤),藉此形成乾燥膜厚為4.5μm的塗佈膜。此時的旋塗的旋轉條件設為第一階段:以300rpm旋轉5秒,第二階段:以50rpm旋轉300秒。繼而,使用i射線步進機曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(Canon)(股)製造),通過圖案為20μm見方的島狀(Island)圖案遮罩以200mJ/cm2的曝光量對塗佈膜進行曝光。 Use coating. A developer (coater.developer) ACT (manufactured by TEL) applied each of the produced polymerizable compositions to the incident surface of the IR cut filter by a spin coating method, and then performed a heating plate at 100 ° C. for 120 seconds. Heat treatment (pre-baking), thereby forming a coating film having a dry film thickness of 4.5 μm. The spin conditions for the spin coating at this time are set to the first stage: rotation at 300 rpm for 5 seconds, and the second stage: rotation at 50 rpm for 300 seconds. Next, an i-ray stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon) was used to apply a 20m square island pattern mask to the coating film at an exposure of 200mJ / cm 2 Make an exposure.

之後,對於形成有經照射的塗佈膜的IR截止濾光片,使用塗佈.顯影機ACT,並使用氫氧化四甲基銨的0.03質量%水溶液作為顯影液,一邊進行自旋(spin)旋轉,一邊於23℃下進行20秒鐘的顯影。接下來,藉由旋轉裝置使IR截止濾光片以轉數50rpm旋轉,並且自其旋轉中心的上方由噴出噴嘴連續地供給純水,而進行60秒鐘的淋洗處理,進而利用純水進行水洗後,使用潔淨烘 箱(Clean Oven)CLH-21CD(III)(光洋熱系統(Koyo Thermo Systems)),在氧濃度<50ppm下以150℃進行60分鐘硬化處理,於IR截止濾光片的入射面上形成遮光膜。 After that, for the IR cut filter on which the irradiated coating film was formed, coating was used. The developing machine ACT uses a 0.03% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide as a developing solution, and performs spin development at 23 ° C. for 20 seconds. Next, the IR cut filter is rotated by a rotation device at a number of revolutions of 50 rpm, and pure water is continuously supplied from an ejection nozzle from above the center of rotation, and a leaching process is performed for 60 seconds. After washing, use clean baking Box (Clean Oven) CLH-21CD (III) (Koyo Thermo Systems), hardened at 150 ° C for 60 minutes at an oxygen concentration <50ppm, forming a light-shielding film on the incident surface of the IR cut filter .

以相同的方式於IR截止濾光片上形成7.0mm×5.0mm、寬0.7mm的邊框圖案的遮光膜,製作附邊框圖案的IR截止濾光片。 In the same manner, a light-shielding film with a frame pattern of 7.0 mm × 5.0 mm and a width of 0.7 mm was formed on the IR cut filter to produce an IR cut filter with a frame pattern.

進而,使用玻璃基板作為基板,於曝光時不使用遮罩,而進行全面曝光,除此以外,以與所述相同的方式製作用於光密度(optical density,OD)及反射率測定的基板。 Furthermore, a glass substrate was used as the substrate, and a full exposure was performed without using a mask during exposure. A substrate for optical density (OD) and reflectance measurement was produced in the same manner as described above.

<各種評價> <Various evaluations>

(遮光性:光密度(OD)的評價) (Light-shielding property: Evaluation of optical density (OD))

使用於玻璃基板上製作的遮光膜,藉由日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)製造的分光器UV4100測定波長區域400nm~800nm中的OD的最小值(ODmin),並依據以下的基準進行評價。 Using a light-shielding film produced on a glass substrate, the minimum value (ODmin) of the OD in a wavelength range of 400 nm to 800 nm was measured by a spectroscope UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies, and evaluated based on the following criteria.

「1」:OD的最小值為1.5以下的情況 "1": When the minimum value of OD is 1.5 or less

「2」:OD的最小值超過1.5且為2.5以下的情況 "2": When the minimum value of OD exceeds 1.5 and is less than 2.5

「3」:OD的最小值超過2.5且為3.0以下的情況 "3": When the minimum value of OD exceeds 2.5 and is 3.0 or less

「4」:OD的最小值超過3.0的情況 "4": When the minimum value of OD exceeds 3.0

(反射性:反射率的評價) (Reflectivity: Evaluation of reflectance)

以入射角度5°向IR截止濾光片的入射面上的遮光膜入射波長區域400nm~800nm的光,藉由日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)製造的分光器UV4100測定其反射率,並依據以下的基準進行評價。 The light is incident on the light-shielding film on the incident surface of the IR cut filter at an incident angle of 5 °, and the light in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 800 nm is measured by a spectroscope UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies. Evaluation was performed based on the following criteria.

「1」:最大反射率為1%以下的情況 "1": When the maximum reflectance is 1% or less

「2」:最大反射率超過1%且為2%以下的情況 "2": When the maximum reflectance exceeds 1% and is less than 2%

「3」:最大反射率超過2%且為3%以下的情況 "3": When the maximum reflectance exceeds 2% and is less than 3%

「4」:最大反射率超過3%且為4%以下的情況 "4": When the maximum reflectance exceeds 3% and is less than 4%

「5」:最大反射率超過4%的情況 "5": When the maximum reflectance exceeds 4%

(表面粗糙度的評價) (Evaluation of surface roughness)

使用原子力顯微鏡多維快速掃描(Dimension FastScan)AFM(布魯克(Bruker)製造)來測定IR截止濾光片的入射面上的遮光膜的表面粗糙度。 The atomic force microscope Dimension FastScan AFM (manufactured by Bruker) was used to measure the surface roughness of the light-shielding film on the incident surface of the IR cut filter.

(解析性評價1) (Analytical Evaluation 1)

準備五個20μm見方的具有島狀圖案的樣品,藉由測長掃描式電子顯微鏡S9260(日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造)來測定各圖案的尺寸(一邊的長度),並進行以下的評價。 Five 20 μm square samples with island-like patterns were prepared, and the size (length of one side) of each pattern was measured with a measuring-length scanning electron microscope S9260 (manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies), and the following were performed evaluation of.

「1」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值為0.1μm以下的情況 "1": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples is 0.1 μm or less

「2」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值超過0.1μm且為0.5μm以下的情況 "2": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples exceeds 0.1 μm and is 0.5 μm or less

「3」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值超過0.5μm且為1.0μm以下的情況 "3": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples exceeds 0.5 μm and is 1.0 μm or less

「4」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值超過1.0μm的情況 "4": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples exceeds 1.0 μm

「5」:五個樣品的測定中即便只有一次因圖案剝離等而無法解析的情況。 "5": In the case of measurement of five samples, the analysis cannot be performed only once due to pattern peeling or the like.

(解析性評價2) (Analytical Evaluation 2)

準備五個具有邊框圖案的遮光膜的樣品,藉由微小線寬測定系統MT-3600LW(福勞拜耳(FLOVEL))來對各邊框圖案的一邊的寬度(0.7mm)進行測定,並進行以下的評價。 Five samples of the light-shielding film with a frame pattern were prepared, and the width (0.7 mm) of one side of each frame pattern was measured by a micro line width measurement system MT-3600LW (FLOVEL), and the following Evaluation.

「1」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值為0.50μm以下的情況 "1": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples is 0.50 μm or less

「2」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值超過0.50μm且為0.75μm以下的情況 "2": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples exceeds 0.50 μm and is 0.75 μm or less

「3」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值超過0.75μm且為1.00μm以下的情況 "3": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples exceeds 0.75 μm and is 1.00 μm or less

「4」:由五個樣品的測定而得的標準偏差的3倍的值超過1.00μm的情況 "4": When the value of three times the standard deviation obtained from the measurement of five samples exceeds 1.00 μm

「5」:五個樣品的測定中即便只有一次因圖案剝離、圖案缺陷等而無法解析的情況。 "5": In the case of measurement of five samples, the analysis cannot be performed only once due to pattern peeling, pattern defects, or the like.

(排氣風量依存性(反射率):反射率的排氣風量依存性的評價) (Exhaust air volume dependence (reflectivity): Evaluation of exhaust air volume dependence of reflectance)

當於玻璃基板上塗佈各聚合性組成物時,調整塗佈.顯影機ACT的排氣風門,藉由熱線式風速計DT-8880(MK科學(MK Scientific))來測定塗佈機杯(coater cup)中心且自旋轉卡盤起高度為2cm的位置處的風速,將風速設為0.2m/s、0.3m/s或0.4 m/s,藉由所述程序製作遮光膜。對於各風速下製作的遮光膜,藉由日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)製造的分光器UV4100以入射角度5°測定於400nm~800nm的區域成為最大的反射率(%Rmax),選擇各風速(0.2m/s、0.3m/s或0.4m/s)下的%Rmax中的最大的%Rmax及最小的%Rmax,並依據以下的基準進行評價。塗佈時的塗佈機杯環境的溫度為25℃,濕度為60%。於實用方面而言,較佳為「1」~「3」。 When coating each polymerizable composition on a glass substrate, adjust the coating. The exhaust damper of the developing machine ACT was measured by a hot wire anemometer DT-8880 (MK Scientific) to measure the wind speed at the center of the coater cup and at a height of 2 cm from the spin chuck. , Set the wind speed to 0.2m / s, 0.3m / s or 0.4 m / s, and a light-shielding film was produced by the procedure. For the light-shielding film produced at each wind speed, the maximum reflectance (% Rmax) was measured by a spectroscope UV4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies at an incident angle of 5 ° in the region of 400nm to 800nm, and each wind speed was selected. The largest% Rmax and the smallest% Rmax of the% Rmax at (0.2 m / s, 0.3 m / s, or 0.4 m / s) were evaluated based on the following criteria. The temperature of the coater cup environment at the time of coating was 25 ° C, and the humidity was 60%. In practical terms, it is preferably "1" to "3".

「1」:各風速下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差為0.3%以下的情況 "1": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax at each wind speed is 0.3% or less

「2」:各風速下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差超過0.3%且為0.5%以下的情況 "2": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax at each wind speed exceeds 0.3% and is less than 0.5%

「3」:各風速下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差超過0.5%且為1.0%以下的情況 "3": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax at each wind speed exceeds 0.5% and is less than 1.0%

「4」:各風速下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差超過1.0%的情況 "4": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax at each wind speed exceeds 1.0%

(濕度依存性(反射率):反射率的濕度依存性的評價) (Humidity dependence (reflectance): Evaluation of humidity dependence of reflectance)

當於玻璃基板上塗佈各聚合性組成物時,藉由使用PAP10A1-K(商品名,好利旺機械(Orionkikai)股份有限公司製造)導管(duct)向塗佈機的吸氣側送入溫度、濕度經調整的空氣,而將塗佈機杯環境的濕度設為45%、55%、65%或75%,並藉由所述程序來製作遮光膜。溫度為23.5℃。對於各濕度下製作的遮光膜,藉由日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)製造的分光器 UV4100以入射角度5°測定於400nm~800nm的區域成為最大的反射率(%Rmax),選擇各濕度(45%、55%、65%或75%)下的%Rmax中的最大的%Rmax及最小的%Rmax,並依據以下的基準進行評價。塗佈時的塗佈機杯環境的溫度為25℃,塗佈機杯中心且自旋轉卡盤起高度為2cm的位置處的風速為0.3m/s。於實用方面而言,較佳為「1」~「3」。 When each polymerizable composition is coated on a glass substrate, a PAP10A1-K (trade name, manufactured by Orionkikai Co., Ltd.) duct is introduced to the suction side of the coating machine. The temperature and humidity are adjusted to air, and the humidity of the coater cup environment is set to 45%, 55%, 65%, or 75%, and a light-shielding film is produced by the procedure. The temperature was 23.5 ° C. The light-shielding film produced under each humidity was made by a spectroscope manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies UV4100 measures the maximum reflectance (% Rmax) in the 400nm ~ 800nm area at an incident angle of 5 °. Select the largest% Rmax and% Rmax of each humidity (45%, 55%, 65% or 75%). The minimum% Rmax is evaluated based on the following criteria. The temperature of the coater cup environment at the time of coating was 25 ° C, and the wind speed at the position of the center of the coater cup and a height of 2 cm from the spin chuck was 0.3 m / s. In practical terms, it is preferably "1" to "3".

「1」:各濕度下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差為0.3%以下的情況 "1": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax at each humidity is 0.3% or less

「2」:各濕度下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差超過0.3%且為0.5%以下的情況 "2": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax at each humidity exceeds 0.3% and is less than 0.5%

「3」:各濕度下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差超過0.5%且為1.0%以下的情況 "3": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax at each humidity exceeds 0.5% and is less than 1.0%

「4」:各濕度下的最大的%Rmax與最小%Rmax的差超過1.0%的情況 "4": When the difference between the maximum% Rmax and the minimum% Rmax in each humidity exceeds 1.0%

(切割(dicing)步驟中的缺陷評價) (Defect evaluation in the dicing step)

使用切割機(dicer)(DFD6240,迪思科(DISCO)製造)將所得的附邊框圖案的IR截止濾光片單片化。於利用刀片的切斷後,為了去除切割步驟中所產生的碎片而進行利用切割機附帶的清洗機構的清洗,藉由倍率50倍的光學顯微鏡來觀察乾燥後的圖案,對於經單片化的IR截止濾光片上的圖案(250個),統計圖案缺陷的產生個數,並根據下述的基準進行評價。 The obtained IR cut filter with a frame pattern was singulated using a dicer (DFD6240, manufactured by DISCO). After cutting with a blade, cleaning was performed using a cleaning mechanism attached to the cutting machine in order to remove debris generated in the cutting step. The dried pattern was observed with an optical microscope at a magnification of 50 times. The pattern (250) on the cut filter was counted, and the number of pattern defects was counted, and evaluated based on the following criteria.

「1」:缺陷個數小於5個 "1": The number of defects is less than 5

「2」:缺陷個數為5個以上且小於10個 "2": The number of defects is 5 or more and less than 10

「3」:缺陷個數為10個以上且小於50個 "3": The number of defects is 10 or more and less than 50

「4」:缺陷個數為50個以上且小於100個 "4": The number of defects is 50 or more and less than 100

「5」:缺陷個數為100個以上 "5": 100 or more defects

再者,作為比較例2,使用專利文獻1的實施例一欄中所使用的聚合性組成物來製造遮光膜,並進行各種評價。 In addition, as Comparative Example 2, a light-shielding film was produced using the polymerizable composition used in the Example column of Patent Document 1, and various evaluations were performed.

如表1所示,確認到於使用包含本發明的顏料分散組成物的聚合性組成物的情況下,可獲得所期望的效果。 As shown in Table 1, when the polymerizable composition containing the pigment dispersion composition of the present invention was used, a desired effect was obtained.

特別是確認到於第1分散劑的SP值與第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.5MPa1/2的情況下,難以產生缺陷。 In particular, it was confirmed that when the absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.5 MPa 1/2 , defects are unlikely to occur.

另一方面,不滿足規定的關係的比較例1及比較例2中未獲得所期望的效果。 On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 and 2 that did not satisfy the predetermined relationship, the desired effect was not obtained.

<<實施例B>> << Example B >>

[聚合性組成物的圖案化] [Patternization of polymerizable composition]

使用東京電子(Tokyo Electron)製造的旋塗機ACT-8,以300rpm將所述獲得的聚合性組成物(1)於玻璃晶圓上旋轉塗佈3分鐘,之後於加熱板上以100℃加熱2分鐘,然後冷卻1分鐘,形成厚度5.0μm的塗佈膜。 The obtained polymerizable composition (1) was spin-coated on a glass wafer using a spin coater ACT-8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron at 300 rpm for 3 minutes, and then heated at 100 ° C. on a hot plate. After 2 minutes and then cooling for 1 minute, a coating film having a thickness of 5.0 μm was formed.

其次,使用圖8所示的具有圖案的遮罩,於與白色部位對應的區域,利用i射線步進機(佳能(Canon)(股)製造,FPA3000i5+)於300mJ/cm2的條件下對塗佈膜進行步進重複曝光(step and repeat exposure)。 Next, using a mask with a pattern as shown in FIG. 8, the area corresponding to the white portion was coated with an i-ray stepper (manufactured by Canon (FPA3000i5 +)) at 300 mJ / cm 2 . The film is subjected to step and repeat exposure.

繼而,利用氫氧化四甲基銨的0.16質量%水溶液對實施了曝光處理的塗佈膜進行30秒鐘的覆液顯影。之後,利用直噴嘴以200rpm對塗佈膜實施20秒鐘的純水淋洗。之後,進行旋轉乾燥,獲得3000μm(內部挖出2000μm)的圖案的矩陣(matrix)。 Then, the coating film subjected to the exposure treatment was subjected to liquid-cover development with a 0.16% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide for 30 seconds. Thereafter, the coating film was rinsed with pure water at 200 rpm for 20 seconds using a straight nozzle. Thereafter, spin drying was performed to obtain a matrix of a pattern of 3000 μm (internally excavated 2000 μm).

繼而,使用潔淨烘箱CLH-21CD(III)(光洋熱系統(Koyo Thermo Systems))實施後烘烤處理,形成圖案狀的遮光膜。作為後烘烤處理的條件,以升溫速度(rate)10℃/min自初期溫度23℃升溫至150℃(約13分鐘),於150℃下保持1小時後,自然冷卻至40℃(處理時間合計約3小時30分鐘)。 Then, a clean oven CLH-21CD (III) (Koyo Thermo Systems) was used for post-baking treatment to form a patterned light-shielding film. As a condition of the post-baking treatment, the temperature was raised from an initial temperature of 23 ° C. to 150 ° C. (about 13 minutes) at a rate of 10 ° C./min. After being held at 150 ° C. for 1 hour, it was naturally cooled to 40 ° C. (processing time (A total of about 3 hours and 30 minutes).

[圖案形狀的確認] [Confirmation of pattern shape]

使用掃描式顯微鏡(S4800日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造,觀察倍率:30.0K,加速電壓:2.0keV)對所得的圖案狀的遮光膜的剖面形狀進行確認。 The cross-sectional shape of the obtained patterned light-shielding film was confirmed using a scanning microscope (S4800 Hitachi High-technologies Corporation, observation magnification: 30.0K, acceleration voltage: 2.0 keV).

如圖9所示,側蝕自圖案端面進入約5μm左右。 As shown in FIG. 9, the side etch enters about 5 μm from the end face of the pattern.

[修補膜的形成] [Formation of repair film]

使用旋塗機(東京電子(Tokyo Electron)製造,ACT-8),以600rpm於配置有圖案狀的遮光膜的玻璃晶圓上將下述修補膜形成用組成物1旋轉塗佈1分鐘,之後,於加熱板上以100℃進行2分鐘加熱(預烘烤處理),而以掩埋圖案狀的遮光膜周邊的方式形成修補膜(厚度:0.80μm)。 Using a spin coater (ACT-8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron), the following repair film forming composition 1 was spin-coated on a glass wafer having a patterned light-shielding film at 600 rpm for 1 minute, and thereafter A heating film was preheated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes (pre-baking treatment), and a repair film (thickness: 0.80 μm) was formed so as to bury the periphery of the patterned light-shielding film.

(修補膜形成用組成物1) (Composition 1 for repairing film formation)

有機樹脂:賽庫洛瑪(Cyclomer)P(ACA)230AA(大賽璐(Daicel)股份有限公司製造的樹脂) 10.96wt% Organic resin: Cyclomer P (ACA) 230AA (resin manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.) 10.96wt%

界面活性劑:美佳法(Megafac)F-781F(含氟聚合物型界面活性劑) 0.01wt% Surfactant: Megafac F-781F (fluoropolymer surfactant) 0.01wt%

溶劑:PGMEA 89.03wt% Solvent: PGMEA 89.03wt%

[圖案形狀的確認] [Confirmation of pattern shape]

使用掃描式顯微鏡(S4800日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造,觀察倍率:30.0K,加速電壓:2.0keV)對形成了所述修補膜的遮光膜的剖面形狀進行確認。 A scanning microscope (manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies S4800, observation magnification: 30.0K, acceleration voltage: 2.0keV) was used to confirm the cross-sectional shape of the light-shielding film on which the repaired film was formed.

如圖10所示,圖案端面的側蝕經修補膜填埋。 As shown in FIG. 10, the side etch of the pattern end face is buried by the repair film.

[蝕刻] [Etching]

繼而,使用乾式蝕刻裝置(U621日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造),於以下條件下實施乾式蝕刻處理,進行修補膜的去除。 Then, a dry etching apparatus (manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies, U621) was used to perform dry etching treatment under the following conditions to remove the repair film.

實施蝕刻後,為了使修補膜硬化,而使用潔淨烘箱CLH-21CD(III)(光洋熱系統(Koyo Thermo Systems))實施後烘烤處理。作為後烘烤處理的條件,以升溫速度10℃/min自初期溫度23℃升溫至150℃(約13分鐘),於150℃下保持1小時後,自然冷卻至40℃(處理時間合計約3小時30分鐘)。 After the etching is performed, a post-baking treatment is performed using a clean oven CLH-21CD (III) (Koyo Thermo Systems) in order to harden the repair film. As a condition of the post-baking treatment, the temperature was raised from an initial temperature of 23 ° C to 150 ° C (about 13 minutes) at a heating rate of 10 ° C / min, and after being held at 150 ° C for 1 hour, it was naturally cooled to 40 ° C (the total processing time was about 3 Hours and 30 minutes).

(乾式蝕刻條件) (Dry etching conditions)

使用裝置:使用日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造的U-621(逐片式乾式蝕刻、灰化裝置)的乾式蝕刻腔室 Device used: Dry etching chamber using U-621 (chip-on-chip dry etching, ashing device) manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies

處理參數 Processing parameters

壓力:2.0Pa Pressure: 2.0Pa

使用氣體:Ar/O2=500/20(mL/min) Gas used: Ar / O 2 = 500/20 (mL / min)

處理溫度:50℃ Processing temperature: 50 ℃

源功率:800W Source power: 800W

上部偏壓/電極偏壓:400/400(W) Upper bias / electrode bias: 400/400 (W)

處理時間:300sec Processing time: 300sec

[圖案形狀的確認] [Confirmation of pattern shape]

使用掃描式顯微鏡(S4800日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造,觀察倍率:30.0K,加速電壓:2.0keV)對所述蝕刻處理後的遮光膜的剖面形狀進行確認。 A scanning microscope (manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies S4800, observation magnification: 30.0K, acceleration voltage: 2.0 keV) was used to confirm the cross-sectional shape of the light-shielding film after the etching process.

如圖11(A)~圖11(B)所示,確認到圖案端面的側蝕消失,且遮光膜成為遮罩,修補膜以垂直形狀被蝕刻。另外,應被蝕刻的區域並無殘渣,從而良好。 As shown in FIGS. 11 (A) to 11 (B), it was confirmed that the side etch of the pattern end surface disappeared, the light-shielding film became a mask, and the repair film was etched in a vertical shape. In addition, the area to be etched is free from residues, which is good.

[分光透過率測定、反射率測定] [Spectral transmittance measurement, reflectance measurement]

根據透過分光特性(OD)來判斷是否藉由蝕刻處理而進行了遮光膜的蝕刻。再者,透過分光性的測定是使用日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)製造的分光器UV4100(測定範圍:400nm~1200nm)來實施。如圖12所示,確認到蝕刻處理前後的遮光膜的透過分光特性並無大的變化,且蝕刻處理後遮光膜的色相亦得以維持。更具體而言,波長450nm下的蝕刻處理前的遮光膜的OD為3.0,波長450nm下的蝕刻處理後的遮光膜的OD為3.0。 Whether or not the light-shielding film is etched by the etching process is determined based on the transmission spectral characteristics (OD). In addition, the measurement of transmittance is performed using a spectroscope UV4100 (measurement range: 400 nm to 1200 nm) manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies. As shown in FIG. 12, it was confirmed that the transmission and spectral characteristics of the light-shielding film before and after the etching process did not change much, and the hue of the light-shielding film was maintained after the etching process. More specifically, the OD of the light-shielding film before the etching process at a wavelength of 450 nm is 3.0, and the OD of the light-shielding film after the etching process at a wavelength of 450 nm is 3.0.

另外,將蝕刻處理前後的遮光膜的反射率示於圖13。再者,反射率的測定是使用日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)製造的分光器UV4100(測定入射角:5度,測定範圍:400nm~1200nm)來實施。較蝕刻處理前而言蝕刻處理後進一步為低反射。推測為遮光膜的最上層的有機成分經去除而表面粗糙度得以促進。更具體而言,波長750nm下的蝕刻處理前的遮光膜的反射率為1.4%,波長750nm下的蝕刻處理後的遮光膜的反射率為0.8%。 The reflectance of the light-shielding film before and after the etching process is shown in FIG. 13. The reflectance was measured using a spectroscope UV4100 (measurement angle of incidence: 5 degrees, measurement range: 400 nm to 1200 nm) manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies. Compared with before the etching treatment, the reflection after the etching treatment is further reduced. It is presumed that the organic component in the uppermost layer of the light-shielding film is removed to promote surface roughness. More specifically, the reflectance of the light-shielding film before the etching treatment at a wavelength of 750 nm is 1.4%, and the reflectance of the light-shielding film after the etching treatment at a wavelength of 750 nm is 0.8%.

如上所述,可形成於400nm~1200nm的區域內滿足OD≦3.0、反射率≦2.0%的圖案狀遮光膜。 As described above, it is possible to form a patterned light-shielding film that satisfies OD ≦ 3.0 and reflectivity ≦ 2.0% in a region of 400 nm to 1200 nm.

[圖案的可靠性] [Reliability of the pattern]

藉由以上的操作而獲得圖案狀遮光膜後,進行圖案狀遮光膜的可靠性試驗。其結果得知,為可靠性方面並無問題的圖案。 After obtaining a patterned light-shielding film by the above operations, a reliability test of the patterned light-shielding film is performed. As a result, it turned out that it is a pattern which does not have a problem in terms of reliability.

再者,作為可靠性試驗,為如下所述。 The reliability test is as follows.

首先,作為耐溶劑性的評價,將圖案狀遮光膜於PGMEA溶液中浸漬10分鐘。此時,並無遮光膜的剝離及圖案的變形。 First, as an evaluation of the solvent resistance, the patterned light-shielding film was immersed in a PGMEA solution for 10 minutes. At this time, there was no peeling of the light-shielding film and no deformation of the pattern.

另外,作為耐鹼性的評價,將圖案狀遮光膜於包含2.38質量%的氫氧化四甲基銨(tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide,TMAH)的水溶液中浸漬10分鐘。此時,並無圖案狀遮光膜的剝離及圖案的變形。 As an evaluation of alkali resistance, the patterned light-shielding film was immersed in an aqueous solution containing 2.38% by mass of tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH) for 10 minutes. At this time, there was no peeling of the patterned light-shielding film and no deformation of the pattern.

另外,作為耐熱性的評價,於加熱板上以260℃對圖案狀遮光膜實施10分鐘的加熱處理。此時,圖案狀遮光膜並無變化。 In addition, as an evaluation of heat resistance, the patterned light-shielding film was subjected to a heat treatment at 260 ° C. for 10 minutes on a hot plate. At this time, there was no change in the patterned light-shielding film.

另外,作為耐光性的評價,對圖案狀遮光膜實施50萬Lx.h照射。此時,圖案狀遮光膜的分光透過率並無變化。 In addition, as an evaluation of light resistance, 500,000 Lx. h exposure. At this time, the spectral transmittance of the patterned light-shielding film did not change.

另外,作為耐清洗性的評價,對圖案狀遮光膜實施10分鐘的旋轉清洗(50Pa的壓力,噴嘴距離10mm,從一邊至另一邊(edge-edge)以10mm/s驅動噴嘴)。此時,並無圖案狀遮光膜的剝離。 In addition, as an evaluation of the cleaning resistance, the patterned light-shielding film was subjected to spin cleaning for 10 minutes (pressure of 50 Pa, nozzle distance of 10 mm, and nozzles were driven at 10 mm / s from one edge to the other edge-edge). At this time, the patterned light-shielding film was not peeled.

另外,作為耐摩擦性的評價,利用本科特(Bemcot)對圖案狀遮光膜實施摩擦處理。此時,於本科特(Bemcot)上並未附著粉末,且圖案狀遮光膜亦無缺陷。 In addition, as an evaluation of the abrasion resistance, the patterned light-shielding film was subjected to a rubbing treatment using Bemcot. At this time, no powder was attached to Bemcot, and the patterned light-shielding film was also free of defects.

Claims (12)

一種顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其包括將包含黑色顏料及第1分散劑的第1顏料分散物與包含黑色顏料及第2分散劑的第2顏料分散物混合而製造顏料分散組成物的步驟,並且所述第1分散劑的SP值與所述第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.0MPa1/2,所述SP值表示藉由沖津法測定的溶解度參數,其中所述第1分散劑及所述第2分散劑為高分子化合物。A method for producing a pigment dispersion composition, comprising a step of producing a pigment dispersion composition by mixing a first pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a first dispersant and a second pigment dispersion including a black pigment and a second dispersant. And the absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.0 MPa 1/2 , the SP value represents a solubility parameter measured by the Otsutsu method, wherein The first dispersant and the second dispersant are polymer compounds. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中所述第1分散劑及所述第2分散劑中的任一者為通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物,所述第1分散劑及所述第2分散劑中的另一者為包含具有接枝鏈的結構單元的高分子化合物,通式(X)中,R1表示(m+n)價的連結基;R2表示單鍵、或選自由碳數1~20的直鏈狀或分支狀的鏈狀飽和烴基、碳數3~20的環狀飽和烴基、碳數5~20的芳香族基、硫醚鍵、酯鍵、醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氮原子及羰基所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基;A1表示具有至少一種選自由酸基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子的基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、酚基、烷基、芳基、具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基、醯亞胺基、烷基氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、羧酸鹽基、磺醯胺基、雜環基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基及羥基所組成的群組中的基的一價取代基;n個A1及R2分別可相同,亦可不同;m表示8以下的正數,n表示1~9,m+n滿足3~10;P1表示聚合物鏈;m個P1可相同,亦可不同。The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein any one of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is a polymer compound represented by the general formula (X), The other of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is a polymer compound containing a structural unit having a graft chain, In the general formula (X), R 1 represents a (m + n) valent linking group; R 2 represents a single bond or a linear or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 3 A cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group of ~ 20, an aromatic group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, a thioether bond, an ester bond, an amine bond, an ether bond, a nitrogen atom and a carbonyl group, or a group of these A combination of two or more groups; A 1 has at least one selected from the group consisting of an acid group, a urea group, a urethane group, a group having a cooperating oxygen atom, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, and a phenol group. , Alkyl, aryl, group having an extended alkyloxy chain, fluorenimine, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, carboxylate, sulfonamido, heterocyclic, alkoxy A monovalent substituent of a group consisting of a silyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group; n A 1 and R 2 may be the same or different; m represents a positive number of 8 or less, and n represents 1 to 9, m + n satisfies 3 to 10; P 1 represents a polymer chain; m P 1 may be the same or different. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中所述具有接枝鏈的結構單元包含選自下述式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元,式(1)~式(4)中,W1、W2、W3及W4分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH;X1、X2、X3、X4及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基;Y1、Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示下述(Y-1)~(Y-21)的連結基,其中下述所示的結構中,A、B分別是指與式(1)~式(4)中的左末端基、右末端基的鍵結部位, ;Z1、Z2、Z3及Z4分別獨立地表示烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳基氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳基硫醚基、雜芳基硫醚基或胺基;R3表示分支或直鏈的伸烷基,R4表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜芳基;n、m、p及q分別獨立地表示1至500的整數;j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數;式(3)中,當p為2~500時,存在多個的R3彼此可相同亦可不同;式(4)中,當q為2~500時,存在多個的X5及R4彼此可相同亦可不同。The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the structural unit having a graft chain includes one selected from the structural units represented by the following formulae (1) to (4) The above structural unit, In Formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3, and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH; X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4, and X 5 each independently represent hydrogen Atomic or C1-C12 alkyl groups; Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) linking group, wherein the structure shown below In the formula, A and B refer to the bonding sites with the left terminal group and the right terminal group in formulas (1) to (4), respectively. ; Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkyl sulfide group, an aryl sulfide group, and a heteroaryl group Sulfide or amine group; R 3 represents a branched or straight chain alkylene group, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; n, m, p, and q each independently represent 1 to 500 Integers; j and k each independently represent an integer from 2 to 8; in formula (3), when p is 2 to 500, multiple R 3s may be the same or different from each other; in formula (4), when When q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 may be the same as or different from each other. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中所述黑色顏料為鈦黑。The method for manufacturing a pigment dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the black pigment is titanium black. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述的顏料分散組成物的製造方法,其中所述第1分散劑的SP值與所述第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.5MPa1/2The method for producing a pigment dispersion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant is The value exceeds 1.5 MPa 1/2 . 一種顏料分散組成物,其包含黑色顏料、第1分散劑、以及第2分散劑,所述第1分散劑的SP值與所述第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.0MPa1/2,所述SP值表示藉由沖津法測定的溶解度參數,所述第1分散劑及所述第2分散劑中的任一者為通式(X)所表示的高分子化合物,所述第1分散劑及所述第2分散劑中的另一者為包含選自下述式(1)~式(4)所表示的結構單元中的一種以上的結構單元的高分子化合物,通式(X)中,R1表示(m+n)價的連結基;R2表示單鍵、或選自由碳數1~20的直鏈狀或分支狀的鏈狀飽和烴基、碳數3~20的環狀飽和烴基、碳數5~20的芳香族基、硫醚鍵、酯鍵、醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氮原子及羰基所組成的群組中的基、或將該些的兩個以上加以組合而成的基;A1表示具有至少一種選自由酸基、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子的基、具有鹼性氮原子的基、酚基、烷基、芳基、具有伸烷基氧基鏈的基、醯亞胺基、烷基氧基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、羧酸鹽基、磺醯胺基、雜環基、烷氧基矽烷基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基及羥基所組成的群組中的基的一價取代基;n個A1及R2分別可相同,亦可不同;m表示8以下的正數,n表示1~9,m+n滿足3~10;P1表示聚合物鏈;m個P1可相同,亦可不同;式(1)~式(4)中,W1、W2、W3及W4分別獨立地表示氧原子或NH;X1、X2、X3、X4及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~12的烷基;Y1、Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示下述(Y-1)~(Y-21)的連結基,其中下述所示的結構中,A、B分別是指與式(1)~式(4)中的左末端基、右末端基的鍵結部位,;Z1、Z2、Z3及Z4分別獨立地表示烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳基氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳基硫醚基、雜芳基硫醚基或胺基;R3表示分支或直鏈的伸烷基,R4表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜芳基;n、m、p及q分別獨立地表示1至500的整數;j及k分別獨立地表示2~8的整數;式(3)中,當p為2~500時,存在多個的R3彼此可相同亦可不同;式(4)中,當q為2~500時,存在多個的X5及R4彼此可相同亦可不同。A pigment dispersion composition comprising a black pigment, a first dispersant, and a second dispersant, and an absolute value of a difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.0 MPa 1 / 2 , where the SP value represents a solubility parameter measured by the Otsutsu method, and either of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is a polymer compound represented by the general formula (X), and The other of the first dispersant and the second dispersant is a polymer compound containing one or more structural units selected from the structural units represented by the following formulae (1) to (4), In the general formula (X), R 1 represents a (m + n) valent linking group; R 2 represents a single bond or a linear or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 3 A cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group of ~ 20, an aromatic group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, a thioether bond, an ester bond, an amine bond, an ether bond, a nitrogen atom and a carbonyl group, or a group of these A combination of two or more groups; A 1 has at least one selected from the group consisting of an acid group, a urea group, a urethane group, a group having a cooperating oxygen atom, a group having a basic nitrogen atom, and a phenol group. , Alkyl, aryl, group having an extended alkyloxy chain, fluorenimine, alkyloxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, carboxylate, sulfonamido, heterocyclic, alkoxy A monovalent substituent of a group consisting of a silyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, and a hydroxyl group; n A 1 and R 2 may be the same or different; m represents a positive number of 8 or less, and n represents 1 ~ 9, m + n satisfies 3 ~ 10; P 1 represents a polymer chain; m P 1 may be the same or different; In Formulas (1) to (4), W 1 , W 2 , W 3, and W 4 each independently represent an oxygen atom or NH; X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4, and X 5 each independently represent hydrogen Atomic or C1-C12 alkyl groups; Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent the following (Y-1) to (Y-21) linking group, wherein the structure shown below In the formula, A and B refer to the bonding sites with the left terminal group and the right terminal group in formulas (1) to (4), respectively. ; Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkyl sulfide group, an aryl sulfide group, and a heteroaryl group Sulfide or amine group; R 3 represents a branched or straight chain alkylene group, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; n, m, p, and q each independently represent 1 to 500 Integers; j and k each independently represent an integer from 2 to 8; in formula (3), when p is 2 to 500, multiple R 3s may be the same or different from each other; in formula (4), when When q is 2 to 500, a plurality of X 5 and R 4 may be the same as or different from each other. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述的顏料分散組成物,其中所述黑色顏料為鈦黑。The pigment dispersion composition according to item 6 of the patent application scope, wherein the black pigment is titanium black. 如申請專利範圍第6項或第7項所述的顏料分散組成物,其中所述第1分散劑的SP值與所述第2分散劑的SP值的差的絕對值超過1.5MPa1/2The pigment dispersion composition according to claim 6 or claim 7, wherein the absolute value of the difference between the SP value of the first dispersant and the SP value of the second dispersant exceeds 1.5 MPa 1/2 . 一種聚合性組成物,其包含如申請專利範圍第6項至第8項中任一項所述的顏料分散組成物、聚合性化合物、以及聚合起始劑。A polymerizable composition comprising the pigment dispersion composition according to any one of claims 6 to 8 of the scope of patent application, a polymerizable compound, and a polymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第9項所述的聚合性組成物,其進而包含具有如下SP值的黏合劑聚合物,所述SP值與所述第1分散劑的SP值及所述第2分散劑的SP值中的任一者的SP值的差的絕對值為0.5MPa1/2以內。The polymerizable composition according to item 9 of the scope of patent application, further comprising a binder polymer having an SP value, the SP value, the SP value of the first dispersant, and the second dispersant. The absolute value of the difference between the SP values of any of the SP values was within 0.5 MPa 1/2 . 一種遮光膜,其是使用如申請專利範圍第9項或第10項中所述的聚合性組成物而形成。A light-shielding film formed by using a polymerizable composition as described in claim 9 or 10 of the scope of patent application. 一種固體攝像裝置,其具備如申請專利範圍第11項所述的遮光膜。A solid-state imaging device includes the light-shielding film according to item 11 of the scope of patent application.
TW105102594A 2015-02-09 2016-01-28 Pigment dispersion composition and method for producing the same, polymerizable composition,shielding film, and solid state image sensor TWI675889B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015023687 2015-02-09
JP2015-023687 2015-02-09

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201629159A TW201629159A (en) 2016-08-16
TWI675889B true TWI675889B (en) 2019-11-01

Family

ID=56615406

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105102594A TWI675889B (en) 2015-02-09 2016-01-28 Pigment dispersion composition and method for producing the same, polymerizable composition,shielding film, and solid state image sensor

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2016129342A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20170085576A (en)
TW (1) TWI675889B (en)
WO (1) WO2016129342A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6694513B2 (en) * 2016-08-22 2020-05-13 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-shielding composition, light-shielding film, solid-state image sensor, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
EP3505545B1 (en) * 2016-08-25 2021-05-26 FUJIFILM Corporation Curable composition and production process therefor, cured film and production process therefor, color filter, solid-state imaging element, solid-state imaging device, and infrared sensor
JP2018200980A (en) * 2017-05-29 2018-12-20 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 IMAGING DEVICE, SOLID-STATE IMAGING ELEMENT, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE
TWI835977B (en) * 2019-02-01 2024-03-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Curable compositions, films, structures, color filters, solid-state imaging devices and image display devices
WO2023190567A1 (en) 2022-03-31 2023-10-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101154038A (en) * 2006-09-29 2008-04-02 富士胶片株式会社 Curable coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device using color filter
TW200848473A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-12-16 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersant composition, photocurable composition, and color filter and method for manufacturing the same
US20100209845A1 (en) * 2009-02-19 2010-08-19 Fujifilm Corporation Dispersion composition, photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding color filter, light-shielding color filter, method of producing the same, and solid-state image sensor having the color filter
US20120308785A1 (en) * 2011-06-02 2012-12-06 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Inkjet ink, ink cartridge, inkjet recording apparatus, inkjet recording method, and print
JP2013174714A (en) * 2012-02-24 2013-09-05 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP3883310B2 (en) * 1998-11-18 2007-02-21 富士フイルムエレクトロニクスマテリアルズ株式会社 Black matrix forming material for color liquid crystal display
JP2007270045A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Nippon Paint Co Ltd Pigment-dispersed water-based paint composition

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101154038A (en) * 2006-09-29 2008-04-02 富士胶片株式会社 Curable coloring composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device using color filter
TW200848473A (en) * 2007-03-15 2008-12-16 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersant composition, photocurable composition, and color filter and method for manufacturing the same
US20100209845A1 (en) * 2009-02-19 2010-08-19 Fujifilm Corporation Dispersion composition, photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding color filter, light-shielding color filter, method of producing the same, and solid-state image sensor having the color filter
US20120308785A1 (en) * 2011-06-02 2012-12-06 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Inkjet ink, ink cartridge, inkjet recording apparatus, inkjet recording method, and print
JP2013174714A (en) * 2012-02-24 2013-09-05 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2016129342A1 (en) 2016-08-18
KR20170085576A (en) 2017-07-24
JPWO2016129342A1 (en) 2017-10-05
TW201629159A (en) 2016-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI862103B (en) Colored photosensitive composition, hardened film, pattern forming method, infrared cut-off filter with light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
TWI692500B (en) Curable composition, infrared cut filter with shading film, and solid-state imaging device
JP5398759B2 (en) Shielding film, manufacturing method thereof, and solid-state imaging device
US9571706B2 (en) Support plate for solid-state imaging element, method for manufacturing the same, and solid-state imaging device
US9952361B2 (en) IR cut filter, method for manufacturing the same, and solid-state imaging device
TWI773679B (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TWI700519B (en) Shielding film, infrared cut filter having shielding film, and solid state image device
TWI671596B (en) Shielding composition
KR20120099413A (en) Titanium black dispersion, photosensitive resin composition, wafer level lens, light blocking film, method for producing the light blocking film, and solid-state image pickup element
TWI790993B (en) Black composition, cured film, color filter, light-shielding film, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW201403223A (en) Dispersion composition, and polymerizable composition, light-shielding color filter, solid-state imaging device, liquid crystal display device, wafer level lens and imaging unit using the same
TW201835235A (en) Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-stage imaging element, and image display device
TWI675889B (en) Pigment dispersion composition and method for producing the same, polymerizable composition,shielding film, and solid state image sensor
JP2015034983A (en) Light-shielding composition, light-shielding film and method for producing the same
TW201800460A (en) Curable composition, light shielding film, solid state imaging device, and, color filter
TW201809152A (en) Composition, cured film, color filter, light shielding film, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201823859A (en) Pattern manufacturing method, color filter manufacturing method, method of manufacturing sold state imaging element, and method of manufacturing image display device
CN108026402A (en) The manufacture method of pigment dispersion, the manufacture method of solidification compound, the manufacture method of cured film, possess cured film solid-state imager manufacture method, possess cured film colour filter manufacture method and possess cured film image display device manufacture method
TWI683184B (en) Photosensitive black resin composition, method for producing black cured film, color filter, and organic electroluminescence display device